Go to page of
Similar user manuals
-
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics Q170MCPU
274 pages 3.07 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G
936 pages 25.22 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics FX3U-CF-ADP
124 pages 5.92 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics PZ-52SF-E
1 pages 0.12 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics 3DC-1000
16 pages 0.34 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics PZ-60DR-E
1 pages 0.51 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics PAR-30MAA
56 pages 4.53 mb -
Video Gaming Accessories
Mitsubishi Electronics FX1S
68 pages 0.52 mb
A good user manual
The rules should oblige the seller to give the purchaser an operating instrucion of Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G, along with an item. The lack of an instruction or false information given to customer shall constitute grounds to apply for a complaint because of nonconformity of goods with the contract. In accordance with the law, a customer can receive an instruction in non-paper form; lately graphic and electronic forms of the manuals, as well as instructional videos have been majorly used. A necessary precondition for this is the unmistakable, legible character of an instruction.
What is an instruction?
The term originates from the Latin word „instructio”, which means organizing. Therefore, in an instruction of Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G one could find a process description. An instruction's purpose is to teach, to ease the start-up and an item's use or performance of certain activities. An instruction is a compilation of information about an item/a service, it is a clue.
Unfortunately, only a few customers devote their time to read an instruction of Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G. A good user manual introduces us to a number of additional functionalities of the purchased item, and also helps us to avoid the formation of most of the defects.
What should a perfect user manual contain?
First and foremost, an user manual of Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G should contain:
- informations concerning technical data of Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G
- name of the manufacturer and a year of construction of the Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G item
- rules of operation, control and maintenance of the Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G item
- safety signs and mark certificates which confirm compatibility with appropriate standards
Why don't we read the manuals?
Usually it results from the lack of time and certainty about functionalities of purchased items. Unfortunately, networking and start-up of Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G alone are not enough. An instruction contains a number of clues concerning respective functionalities, safety rules, maintenance methods (what means should be used), eventual defects of Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G, and methods of problem resolution. Eventually, when one still can't find the answer to his problems, he will be directed to the Mitsubishi Electronics service. Lately animated manuals and instructional videos are quite popular among customers. These kinds of user manuals are effective; they assure that a customer will familiarize himself with the whole material, and won't skip complicated, technical information of Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G.
Why one should read the manuals?
It is mostly in the manuals where we will find the details concerning construction and possibility of the Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G item, and its use of respective accessory, as well as information concerning all the functions and facilities.
After a successful purchase of an item one should find a moment and get to know with every part of an instruction. Currently the manuals are carefully prearranged and translated, so they could be fully understood by its users. The manuals will serve as an informational aid.
Table of contents for the manual
-
Page 1
FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC SERIES PROGRAMMA BLE CONTROLL ERS PRO GRA MMING MANU AL Basic & Applied Instructions Edition[...]
-
Page 2
[...]
-
Page 3
1 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Pro grammable Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Editio n Foreword This manual contains text, diagrams and explanati ons which will guide the reader through the safe and cor[...]
-
Page 4
2 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Outl in e Prec aut ion s • This manual provides information for the use of the FX 3U Series Programmable Controllers. The manual has been written to be used by trained and competent personnel. The definiti on of such a person or [...]
-
Page 5
3 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm in g M anu al - B asic & Ap plie d Instr uctio ns Editio n Tabl e of Co nten ts Table of Contents Related manuals ................... .................... ................... ............. ................... .................... .. ............. 14 Generic Names and A bbreviatio[...]
-
Page 6
4 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 4.4 State Relay [S] ............ ............ ........... ................. ........... ........... ........... ............ .......... .................. .......... 89 4.4.1 Numbers of state relays ..[...]
-
Page 7
5 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 5. Ho w to Sp ecify Devices and C onstant s to Ins truction s 149 5.1 Nu meric Val ues Handl ed in PLCs (O ctal, Dec imal, Hex adecima l and Re al Numbers ) .................... ... 149 5.1.1 Types of [...]
-
Page 8
6 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Ca ll Subrouti ne ................. ........... ............ ................ ............ ........... ........... . ..... ........ 224 8.2.1 Caut ions on subro utines and in terr[...]
-
Page 9
7 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 12.8 FNC 4 7 – ANR / Ann unciator Reset............ ................. ........... ........... ............ ................ .......... ....... ... 331 12.9 FNC 4 8 – SQR / Squ are Root ............[...]
-
Page 10
8 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 16.4 FNC 8 3 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadec imal Conv ersion ............... ........... ................. ........... ............ ........ 4 61 16.5 FNC 8 4 – CCD / Che ck Code ............... ........[...]
-
Page 11
9 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 21. Real Time C lock Contro l – FNC160 to FNC169 560 21.1 FNC16 0 – TCMP / RTC Da ta Compare ....................... ........... ........... ................. ........... ............ .... .... 5 6[...]
-
Page 12
10 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 28. Data Compari son – FNC220 t o FNC249 652 28.1 FNC22 4~230 – LD =, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Compa rison ...................... ........... ................. ........... ... 65[...]
-
Page 13
11 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 35. SFC Pr ogram and Step La dder 751 35.1 SFC Pro gram ........................ ........... ........... ........... ................. ........... ............ ........... .. ......... .............. [...]
-
Page 14
12 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 37.2 Sup plement o f Speci al Device s (M8 000 - and D8 000 -) ............... ........... ........... ........... ................. ... 85 2 37.2.1 RUN monit or and init ial pul se [M8000 to M80 03].[...]
-
Page 15
13 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts Appe ndix B: In stru ction Exec utio n Time 897 Appendi x B-1 Basic Instru ction Exe cutio n Time ............ ............ ........... ................. ........... ........... ....... ....... 897 Ap[...]
-
Page 16
14 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Related manuals For de tailed explan ation of programmin g (basi c instr uctions , appl ied inst ruction s and ste p ladder i nstruct ions) i n FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs, refer to this m anual. For ha rdware inf [...]
-
Page 17
15 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Communicatio n via RS-23 2C/RS-422/RS -485/US B When using ea ch product, refer also to the Us er’s Manual - Hardware Edition of the PLC main unit to wh ich each product is connected. U Su pplie d with pr od[...]
-
Page 18
16 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als CC-Link, MELSEC I/O L INK and AS-i system When using ea ch product, refer also to the Us er’s Manual - Hardware Edition of the PLC main unit to wh ich each product is connected. U Su pplie d with pr oduct FX[...]
-
Page 19
17 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als { Su pplie d with pr oduct FX 2N -8A D User’s Manual JY992D86 001 Handling proc edures of th e 8-chan nel analog input (and ther mocoupl e input) spec ial function block. 09R608 U Su pplie d with pr oduct FX 3U [...]
-
Page 20
18 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Manuals for high spe ed counter High speed counte r When using ea ch product, refer also to the Us er’s Manual - Hardware Edition of the PLC main unit to wh ich each product is connected. U Su pplie d with p[...]
-
Page 21
19 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Manu als fo r FX- 30P U Supplied with produ ct FX- 30 P Installa tion Manu al JY997D34 201 Describes F X-30P spe cificati on extract ed fro m the FX-30P Operat ion ma nual. For data ils, ref er to FX- 30P Operati [...]
-
Page 22
20 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Generic Names and Abbrevia tions U sed i n Manual s Generic Names and Abbreviations Used in Manuals Abbr eviatio n/gen eric n ame Name Programmable c ontrollers FX 3G Series Gener ic name of FX 3G Series PLCs FX 3G PLC or main uni[...]
-
Page 23
21 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Generic Names and Abbrevia tions U sed i n Manual s Open fi eld networks CC-Link and CC-Link/ LT CC-Link equipme nt Generic name of CC-Link master station and CC-Link remote statio ns CC-Link master (sta tion) Generic name of CC-L[...]
-
Page 24
22 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 1 Introdu ction 1.1 Programm ing Langu age in PLCs 1. Introduction This ch apter ex plains basic items rel ated to progra mming in FX 3G , FX 3U and FX 3UC programmable control lers ( PLCs). 1.1 Programming Language i n PLCs This [...]
-
Page 25
23 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 1 Introdu ction 1.1 Programm ing Langu age in PLCs 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10[...]
-
Page 26
24 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.1 Introduc tion of Conv enient Func tions 2. Overview (Sequence Progra m) This cha pter ex plains t he basic fun ctio ns of FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs. This c hapter i ncludes not o nly the featur[...]
-
Page 27
25 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.1 Introduc tion of Conv enient Func tions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- [...]
-
Page 28
26 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.2 Introduction of A pplied Ins tructions 4. Registration of "entry code " for prote cting prog rams The entr y code can be registered to preve nt erroneo us read/i ncorr ect write pr ot[...]
-
Page 29
27 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.3 Analog/ Positioning Sp ecial Contro l 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FN[...]
-
Page 30
28 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.4 Link and Commun ication 3. High speed counter • High speed counter (hardw are counter equip ped with mu ltiplicati on functio n) → Refer to the re specti ve produ ct manual. 2.4 Link and Co[...]
-
Page 31
29 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.5 Introdu ction of Dev ices Cons tructing PLC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC[...]
-
Page 32
30 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.5 Introdu ction of Dev ices Cons tructing PLC 2.5.2 Device list 1. Input relays (X) and output relays (Y ) → Refer to Section 4. 2. • Input relay and out put rel ay number s are assigned to e[...]
-
Page 33
31 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.5 Introdu ction of Dev ices Cons tructing PLC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC[...]
-
Page 34
32 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 2.6 Program Memory and De vices 2.6.1 Memory structu re 1. In FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs are equipped with the RAM memory as st andar d. By mount ing a me[...]
-
Page 35
33 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra[...]
-
Page 36
34 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 2.6.2 Memory operations and latche d (battery or EEPROM backed) devices (power ON/OFF an d RUN/STOP) 1. Backup o peration The oper ations of the data me mory, bi t d[...]
-
Page 37
35 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra[...]
-
Page 38
36 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 3) Types of bit dev ice memory a) FX 3U /FX 3UC PLC *1. Some device s are clear ed when the PLC st atus swit ches from STOP to RUN. → For special auxilia ry rela y[...]
-
Page 39
37 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra[...]
-
Page 40
38 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 2.6.3 Types of ba ckup methods a gainst power failure There ar e the foll owing type s of latch ( battery backup) for the pro gram memory and bu ilt-in PLC devices .[...]
-
Page 41
39 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra[...]
-
Page 42
40 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7 Types and Setti ng of Parameters Setti ng of paramet ers means set ting the environmen t where the PLC op erate s. Almost all FX PLCs can be us ed with facto[...]
-
Page 43
41 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 44
42 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.2 Parameter i nitial v alues and available t ools for changing parameter values 1) FX 3U /FX 3U C PLC *1. These programmi ng tool s are not appl icable to FX[...]
-
Page 45
43 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 46
44 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.3 Memory capacity setti ng range ~ Built -in memory ca pacity 3 Can be se t by c hang ing p aramet er. Caution s on setting the memory capaci ty When one blo[...]
-
Page 47
45 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 48
46 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.5 Keyword (entr y code) By regi stering t he ent ry code i n a PLC, th e functi ons of pr ogramming tools , display module s, and di splay uni ts to change p[...]
-
Page 49
47 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 50
48 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters Registering and changing the ent ry codes This section expl ains t he opera ting procedu re of GX Developer (Ver. 8.72A) → For the entry code regi stratio n/ch[...]
-
Page 51
49 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 52
50 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters Canceling the entry codes This section expl ains t he op erating procedu re of GX Developer (Ver. 8.23Z) → Fo r the e ntry code canc elin g (delet ion) p roced[...]
-
Page 53
51 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 54
52 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2 Setting memo ry cap acity *1. The init ial val ue is 8000 ste ps in GX Develop er Ver. 8.22 or ea rlier a nd FX 3G PLCs. *2. This funct ion i s suppo rted only[...]
-
Page 55
53 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 56
54 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 5 Assigning I/Os, setting the initial values for special unit s, and setting built-in CC-Link/L T 1. Click th e "I/O assig nment" tab, a nd then set th[...]
-
Page 57
55 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 58
56 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 3. Click [End] button to finish the setting and cl ose "Special Function Block Set tings" dialog box. 4. Set the built-in CC-Link/LT on t he "Buil[...]
-
Page 59
57 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 60
58 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2) FX 3G PLCs *1. This area c an be set only i n FX 3U /FX 3U C PLCs. *2. This area c an be set only i n FX 3G PLC s. *3. X000 to X007 in the FX 3U -16M , FX[...]
-
Page 61
59 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 62
60 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 8 Setting p ositionin g The positioning setting funct ion is available in all FX 3G PLCs and FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs V er . 2.20 or later . 1. Click "Positioning[...]
-
Page 63
61 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 64
62 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 3. Click [Individual setting] button t o display "Positioning instruction settings" dialog box. In this dialog box, set the positioning table for each [...]
-
Page 65
63 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 66
64 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.1 Ba sic I nst ruct ions 3. Instruction List This cha pter i ntroduce s a list of instructi ons avail able in programming. 3.1 Basic Instructio ns The basic instruc tions ar e provided in the foll owing ser [...]
-
Page 67
65 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.1 Ba sic I nst ruct ions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Page 68
66 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.2 Step Ladder Instructio ns 3.2 Step Ladder Instructions 3.3 Applied Instructions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number Applie d instr uctions such as Arit hmetic op eration , Rot ation and Shift, Handy instr[...]
-
Page 69
67 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Page 70
68 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC Rotation and Shift Op eration 30 R OR Rotatio n Right 333 –– 3 – 3 Section 11.1 31 ROL Rotation Lef t 333 –– 3 – 3 Section 11.2 32 RCR [...]
-
Page 71
69 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Page 72
70 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 68 ROTC Rotary Table Control 33 –– – 3 – 3 Section 14.9 69 SORT SORT Tabulated Data 33 –– – 3 – 3 Sect ion 14.10 Ext ernal FX I/O D[...]
-
Page 73
71 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Page 74
72 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 122 EMUL Floating Point Multiplication 33 *6 – – 3 – 3 Sectio n 18.10 123 EDIV Floating Point Division 33 *6 – – 3 – 3 Secti on 18.11 1[...]
-
Page 75
73 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Page 76
74 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 163 TSU B RTC Data S ubtr action 3333 3 3 33 Section 21.4 164 HTOS Ho ur to S econd Conversi on 33 –– – – –– Secti on 21.5 165 STOH Sec[...]
-
Page 77
75 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Page 78
76 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 206 MID R Random Select ion of Character St rings 33 –– – – –– Section 26.7 207 MI DW Random Replac ement of Character St rings 33 –?[...]
-
Page 79
77 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Page 80
78 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC Data Table Operat ion 250 to 255 – – 256 LIM IT Lim it Cont rol 33 –– – – –– Secti on 29.1 257 BAND Dead Ba nd Control 33 –– ?[...]
-
Page 81
79 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Page 82
80 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 4. Devices in Detail This chap ter ex plains how nu meric val ues are han dled in the PLC as well as the rol es and func tions of various bui lt-i n device s incl uding I/ O relays ,[...]
-
Page 83
81 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Page 84
82 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 2) FX 3G PLCs Device name Des cription Reference I/O re lay Input relay X000 to X1 77 128 point s Devic e numbers are octal. The total nu mber of input s and outp uts is 128. Section[...]
-
Page 85
83 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Page 86
84 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y ] Some input relays and out put rela ys are secure d in the main uni t, and others ar e assigned t o extensio n device s accord ing t o the conne ctio n order. Beca[...]
-
Page 87
85 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19[...]
-
Page 88
86 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 4.2.3 Operation t iming of i nput relays The PLC ex ecute s seque nce contr ol by r epeate dly exec uting t he foll owing pr ocessing proce dure. I n this batch I/ O metho d, not o nly [...]
-
Page 89
87 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.3 Auxilia ry Relay [M] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Page 90
88 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.3 Auxilia ry Relay [M] 2. Latched (battery backed) t ype When the powe r is turned OFF while the PLC is operating , all of the output relays and gene ral type aux iliary relays turn OF F. When res toring t[...]
-
Page 91
89 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.4 State Re lay [S] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 [...]
-
Page 92
90 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.4 State Re lay [S] 4.4.2 Functions an d operati on examples 1. General type In the step ping ty pe process co ntrol sho wn i n the le ft figur e, when th e star t signal X000 tu rns ON, t he sta te rela y [...]
-
Page 93
91 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.4 State Re lay [S] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 [...]
-
Page 94
92 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 4.5 Timer [T] Timers add and count cl ock pulses of 1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, etc. ins ide the PLC. When t he counted va lue re aches a specif ied set va l ue, t he outpu t conta ct of the timer tu[...]
-
Page 95
93 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Page 96
94 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 4.5.3 Set value specifi cation method 1. Specif ying a con stant (K) T10 is a 1 00 ms ( 0.1 sec ) type timer. When the co nstant "100" is s pecified, T 10 works as a 10- seco nd time[...]
-
Page 97
95 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Page 98
96 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 4.5.7 Handling timers as numeric devices In ti mers, t he outpu t con tact opera ting i n acco rdance with t he set v alue is used in some c ases, and t he pres ent va lue is used as numeric d[...]
-
Page 99
97 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Mov[...]
-
Page 100
98 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 4.6.4 Functions an d operati on examples 1. General type and latched (battery ba cked) type 16-bit up count ers • The valid set rang e of 16-b it binary up co unter is from K1 to K32 767 [...]
-
Page 101
99 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Mov[...]
-
Page 102
100 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 4.6.7 Handling count ers as numeri c devices Counter s use ou tput cont acts operating i n acco rdance with the s et value or use the counte r val ue (curr ent valu e) as nume ric da ta fo[...]
-
Page 103
101 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 104
102 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 5. High speed counter device list *1. They a re handl ed as so ftware c ounte rs dep ending on the ope rati ng con dition . When the y are h andled as softwar e [...]
-
Page 105
103 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 106
104 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) Restri ction to ove rlap input numbers • Inputs X000 to X007 ar e used for hi gh speed cou nters, input int errupt, pulse cat ch, SPD/ZRN/ DSZR/DVIT instru cti[...]
-
Page 107
105 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 108
106 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) • A 2-phase encoder generate s outputs for the A phase and B phase by a phas e differ ence of 90 ° . With the se outputs , a high sp eed counter automati call[...]
-
Page 109
107 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 110
108 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.7.6 Changing the logic of ext ernal reset input sig nal The count ers C24 1 to C245, C2 47 to C25 0 and C252 t o C255 are us ually r eset wh en the ext ernal r[...]
-
Page 111
109 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 112
110 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.7.9 Conditions for hardware counters to be handled as software count ers High s peed co unters are c lassifi ed in to hardwa re co unters and sof tware c ounte[...]
-
Page 113
111 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 114
112 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 2) When special analog adapt ers an d FX 3U /FX 3UC Se ries speci al fu nction bloc ks/uni ts ar e use d *1. When an ind ex reg ister i s added t o a coun ter nu[...]
-
Page 115
113 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 116
114 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) • Write the followi ng program t o "reset only the cur rent val ue of a hig h speed coun ter (and do es not tu rn OFF the cont act) ". 1) Pr ogram ex[...]
-
Page 117
115 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Page 118
116 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 5. High speed counter device list *1. C248 a nd C253 ar e usua lly use d as c ounters havin g reset input, but can be used a s counter s C248 (OP) and C253 (OP) not[...]
-
Page 119
117 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Page 120
118 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 4.8.3 Handling of high speed counters High s peed c ounte rs in FX 3G PLCs ope rate in th e same way as high sp eed count ers in FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs. For de tails, r[...]
-
Page 121
119 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Page 122
120 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 4.8.7 Response freque ncy of high speed counte rs 1. Response frequency and overall frequency When any of the foll owing fun ctions/ instr uctions i s used, t he ov[...]
-
Page 123
121 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Page 124
122 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) • Write the followi ng program t o "reset only the cur rent val ue of a hig h speed coun ter (and do es not tu rn OFF the cont act) ". 1) Pr ogram exam [...]
-
Page 125
123 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Page 126
124 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 4.9.2 Structures of data register s and fi le regist ers 1) 16-bit t ype One (16-bi t) data reg i ste r or fil e registe r can store a numeric value wit hin the ran[...]
-
Page 127
125 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Page 128
126 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 3. Operat ion example s Data registers ca n be used in variou s control with numer ic data . This s ection e xplai ns the o peratio ns of repre senta tive bas ic in[...]
-
Page 129
127 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Page 130
128 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 2. File regist er ↔ Data register <updating the same number registers by BMOV (FNC 15) instructio n> When the s ame file regi ster is specif ied for both an[...]
-
Page 131
129 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr[...]
-
Page 132
130 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 2) When file r egister s of diff erent devi ce number s are speci fied for the sour ce and des tinati on Write • When X001 is set t o ON, the conte nts of the dat[...]
-
Page 133
131 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Page 134
132 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 4.10.3 Structures of extension r egisters and extension file r egisters One ex tension regi ster con sist s of 16 bits. Extensi on reg isters [...]
-
Page 135
133 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Page 136
134 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 4.10.6 Functions and oper ation examples of extension f ile regis ters Extensi on file registe rs (ER) are us ually use d as log data st orage[...]
-
Page 137
135 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Page 138
136 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 2. Sectors of extension registers and extension file registers In FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs, extensi on regist ers and ext ension f ile regis ters a [...]
-
Page 139
137 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Page 140
138 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 4.10.8 Registration of data i n extension r egister s and extensi on file r egisters This sub secti on explai ns the opera ting procedures of [...]
-
Page 141
139 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Page 142
140 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 5. Input a device number to be set to "Device Label", and click the [Display] button. 6. Select the data type to be set in the two s[...]
-
Page 143
141 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Page 144
142 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.11 Index R egister [V and Z] 4.11 Index Register [ V and Z] Index r egister s can be us ed in the same wa y as of data r egister s. But the y are speci al regis ters si nce they can change the con tents o[...]
-
Page 145
143 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.11 Index R egister [V and Z] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 F[...]
-
Page 146
144 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] 4.12 Pointer [P and I] 4.12.1 Numbers of pointe rs The ta ble below sh ows numbers of pointe rs (P and I). (Numbers are assign ed in decimal .) When usi ng a point er for input i nte[...]
-
Page 147
145 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Page 148
146 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] Operati ons 2. Pointers for timer interrupt : 3 points → For deta ils on timer interru pt func tion, ref er to Secti on 36.5. The PLC execu t es an in terr upt routi ne progra m at[...]
-
Page 149
147 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN[...]
-
Page 150
148 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] Operati ons M8000 RUN monitor FNC 04 EI FNC 53 DHSCS K1000 C255 FNC 03 IRET END Step 0 C255 I010 Interrupt p oin ter number is specified FNC 06 FEND Interrupt r outine (inte rrupt pr[...]
-
Page 151
149 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specifi[...]
-
Page 152
150 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) 5.1.2 Conversion of numeric values Numeric values handl ed in FX PLCs can [...]
-
Page 153
151 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specifi[...]
-
Page 154
152 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) Scientific not ation (rea l number) Becau se binary floa ting point (real [...]
-
Page 155
153 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.2 Specif icatio n of Con stan ts K, H a nd E (Dec imal , Hexad ecima l and Re al Num ber) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specifi[...]
-
Page 156
154 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.3 Cha racte r Strin gs 5.3 Character String s Charact er str ings are clas sified into c haracte r stri ng con stants w hich directly speci fy char acter s trings i[...]
-
Page 157
155 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.4 Sp eci ficati on of Digit s for Bit De vices (Kn[ ]* **) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 [...]
-
Page 158
156 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.5 Bit Spe cific atio n of a Wor d Device (D[ ]. b) 5.5 Bit Specification of a Word Device (D[ ].b) By speci fying a bit of a word devi ce, the spec ified bi t can b[...]
-
Page 159
157 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00[...]
-
Page 160
158 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 5.7.2 Indexing in applied inst ructions Expression of applied inst ructions allowi ng indexing In th e expl anatio n of app lied i nstruct ions , "[...]
-
Page 161
159 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00[...]
-
Page 162
160 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 5.7.3 Indexing ex ample for instructi on with limited nu mber of use . By modif ying the targ et device numbers usin g index re gister s V and Z, t he [...]
-
Page 163
161 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.1 How to R ead E xpl anatio n of Inst ruction s 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Inst[...]
-
Page 164
162 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.1 How to R ead E xpl anatio n of Inst ruction s Out li ne 1. Instruct ion format 1) The applie d instru ction numbe r (FNC No. ) and inst ruction mnemonic are i ndicate d. The table be[...]
-
Page 165
163 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.1 How to R ead E xpl anatio n of Inst ruction s 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Inst[...]
-
Page 166
164 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.2 Caut ions on Creatio n of F undament al Progr ams 6.2 Cautions on Creation of Fu ndamental Programs This section expl ains c autions on p rogrammin g. 6.2.1 Programming procedur e an[...]
-
Page 167
165 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.2 Caut ions on Creatio n of F undament al Progr ams 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic [...]
-
Page 168
166 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.2 Caut ions on Creatio n of F undament al Progr ams 6.2.3 Circuits which cannot b e programmed and countermeasures 1. Bridge circuit A circu it in whi ch the cur rent f lows in bo th d[...]
-
Page 169
167 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.3 I/O Pr ocessing an d Response Delay 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 [...]
-
Page 170
168 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.4 Mutu al Relationshi p Among Program Flow Contro l Instructions 6.4 Mutual Relationship Among Program Flow Control Ins tructions The tabl e below sh ows the mutual re lati onship amon[...]
-
Page 171
169 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.4 Mutu al Relationshi p Among Program Flow Contro l Instructions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Program[...]
-
Page 172
170 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 6.5 General Rules for Applie d Instructions 6.5.1 Expression and operati on type of applied instru ctions Instructions and opera nds - Both a [...]
-
Page 173
171 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Page 174
172 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 6.5.2 Handling of general f lags In some typ es of appli ed instr uctions , the fo llowin g flags oper ate: Examples : M8020: Zero flag M8021:[...]
-
Page 175
173 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Page 176
174 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 6.5.3 Handling of operat ion error flag When ther e is an er ror in t he appl ied ins truction configu ration, target device or target device [...]
-
Page 177
175 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio[...]
-
Page 178
176 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7. Basic Instruction This cha pter ex plains t ypes and f unctions of basic seq uence i nstruct ions. For begi nners to seq uence con trol, we off er "Intro duction Cou rse" and "Relay Ladde[...]
-
Page 179
177 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Comp are[...]
-
Page 180
178 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.1 LD , LDI 7.1 LD, L DI Out li ne LD and LDI ins truc tions ar e contacts connected t o bus lines . When comb ined with ANB ins truction descr ibed l ater, LD an d LDI i nstruct ions c an be used for the[...]
-
Page 181
179 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.1 LD , LDI 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Page 182
180 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.2 OUT 7.2 OU T Out li ne OUT instruct ion d rives co ils of output relays (Y), a uxiliary relay s (M), s tate r elays (S ), tim ers (T) and co unters (C). 1. Instruct ion format → For the numbe r of in[...]
-
Page 183
181 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.2 OUT 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & [...]
-
Page 184
182 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.2 OUT 3. Indexing *1 Devices used in OUT inst ructi on can be in dexed with index re gister s (V and Z). (State re lays (S), sp ecial auxili ary relay s (M), 32-b it counters (C ), and "D .b&quo[...]
-
Page 185
183 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.3 AN D, AN I 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move[...]
-
Page 186
184 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.3 AN D, AN I 2. ANI instru ction (serial c onnection o f NC (normally clo sed) cont acts) 3. Indexing *1 Devices used in AND an d ANI instr uction ca n be index ed with inde x regi sters (V an d Z). (Sta[...]
-
Page 187
185 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.3 AN D, AN I 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move[...]
-
Page 188
186 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.4 OR, ORI 7.4 OR, ORI Out li ne OR and ORI inst ructi ons are used to connect one contact in para llel. If two o r more cont acts are c onnect ed in seri es, us e ORB instr uction de scribed later t o co[...]
-
Page 189
187 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.4 OR, ORI 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &a[...]
-
Page 190
188 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.4 OR, ORI 5. Bit specif ication of d ata register (D) *1 A bit in data register (D) can be specified as a device us ed in OR and ORI instr uctions . When specif ying a bit in data regi ster, input "[...]
-
Page 191
189 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program[...]
-
Page 192
190 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF Explanation of funct ion and operat ion 1. LDP, ANDP, and ORP instructions (initial logical operation of rising ed ge pulse, serial connection of rising edge pulse, a[...]
-
Page 193
191 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program[...]
-
Page 194
192 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 4. Output drive side The fo llowin g two circu its offe r a same operat ion: In each ci rcuit, M6 is ON during only one op eration cycle when X010 turns ON f rom OFF.[...]
-
Page 195
193 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program[...]
-
Page 196
194 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF Cautions 1. Cautions when LDP, LDF, ANDP, AN DF, ORP, or ORF instruction programmed in a sa me step is executed two or mor e times within one operation cycle When LDP[...]
-
Page 197
195 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.6 ORB 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & [...]
-
Page 198
196 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.7 ANB 7.7 ANB Out li ne Use ANB inst ruct ion to conne ct a bran ch circui t (paral lel ci rcuit bl ock) to the preced ing ci rcuit i n series. Use LD or LDI instr uction at the star t of bran ch. After [...]
-
Page 199
197 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 M[...]
-
Page 200
198 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP Err or MPS instr uction ca n be used two or mor e times. However, the diff erence between number of MPS instru ctions an d the number of MPP instruct ions sh ould be 11 or less, and shoul[...]
-
Page 201
199 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 M[...]
-
Page 202
200 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 3) Pr ogram exam ple 3: Tw o sta cks 4) Pr ogram exampl e 4: Fo ur sta cks In progr amming a cir cuit on th e upper side, it is nece ssary to MPS instru ction th ree times. By changi ng t[...]
-
Page 203
201 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.9 MC , MCR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Page 204
202 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.9 MC , MCR Cau ti on 1. A circuit error (Err or code: 6611) occurs when an instruction connected the bus line (such as LD and LDI) is not present just after the M C instruction. 2. Cautions on write duri[...]
-
Page 205
203 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.9 MC , MCR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Page 206
204 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.10 IN V 7.10 I NV Out li ne 1. Instructio n Format INV i nstru ction inverts the op eration resul t up to jus t befo re INV instr uction , and d oes no t re quire d evice number specif ication. 2. Applic[...]
-
Page 207
205 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.11 MEP, MEF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move [...]
-
Page 208
206 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.11 MEP, MEF Cau ti on 1. MEP an d MEF instructions may not operat e normally if the indexed contact is modified and changed to pulses by sub-rout ine programs, the FOR and NEXT instr uctions, etc. 2. As [...]
-
Page 209
207 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.12 PL S, PLF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move[...]
-
Page 210
208 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.12 PL S, PLF 3. Output drive side The fo llowin g two circu its resul t the same ope rati on. In each cas e, M0 is ON during onl y one oper ation cy cle when X000 cha nges from OFF t o ON. In each cas e,[...]
-
Page 211
209 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.12 PL S, PLF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move[...]
-
Page 212
210 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.13 SET, RST 7.13 SET, RST Out li ne 1) Setting a bit device (SET instruct ion (set bit dev ice latc h ON)) When the co mmand in put tur ns ON, S ET instr uction sets to O N an out put rel ay (Y), au xili[...]
-
Page 213
211 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.13 SET, RST 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move [...]
-
Page 214
212 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.13 SET, RST Caution s on using RST inst ruction for a jumpe d prog ram, subrouti ne progr am or inte rrupt p rogram When RST i nstr ucti on for a time r or co unter is ex ecute d in a j umped progr am, s[...]
-
Page 215
213 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.14 NOP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &[...]
-
Page 216
214 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.15 END 7.15 E ND Out li ne END instruc tion speci fies t he end of a progr am. (Do not wr ite the END in stru ction in the middle of a pro gram.) 1. Instruct ion format 2. Applicabl e devices Explanation[...]
-
Page 217
215 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.16 Nu mber of Inst ruction Step s and Speci fied Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 [...]
-
Page 218
216 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8. Program Flow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 FNC 00 to FNC 09 provide in struct ions mainl y relate d to cont rol flow of sequenc e programs su ch as condit ional progra m exec ution and pr iorit y pr[...]
-
Page 219
217 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Page 220
218 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump Cautions 1. Relationship between the label input position and the list program The figu re belo w shows pro gramming of a label. When cre ating a circui t[...]
-
Page 221
219 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Page 222
220 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump Program example 1. When jump is necess ary after the OFF pr ocessing In one oper ation cycle a f ter X023 ch anges to ON from OF F, CJ P7 in struc tion be[...]
-
Page 223
221 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Page 224
222 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 2. Circuit example 2 for explaining operations (whe n only an RST instruc tion for a timer or counter is jumped) When X011 turns ON whil e the RST instr u[...]
-
Page 225
223 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Page 226
224 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Call Sub routine Out li ne This in struct ion call s and execute s a program whi ch should be pr ocesse d commonly in a sequence p[...]
-
Page 227
225 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-[...]
-
Page 228
226 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 8.2.1 Cautions on subrouti nes and inter rupt routi nes This secti on expl ains cautio ns on creati ng p rogra ms in s ubrout ines a nd i nterrup t rout[...]
-
Page 229
227 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-[...]
-
Page 230
228 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.3 FNC 02 – SR ET / Subroutine Retur n 8.3 FNC 02 – SRET / Subroutine Return Out li ne This in struct ion retur ns the progr am executi on from a subr outine to the main prog ram. 1. Inst[...]
-
Page 231
229 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.4 FNC 03 – IRET / Interrupt Retu rn 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-[...]
-
Page 232
230 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.4 FNC 03 – IRET / Interrupt Retu rn Program example Inte rrupts ar e usuall y disable d in PLCs. Use EI inst ruct ion to enabl e inte rrupts . When X000 tu rns ON wh ile the main program i[...]
-
Page 233
231 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.5 FNC 04 – EI / E nable Interrupt 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Page 234
232 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.6 FNC 05 – DI / Disable Inte rrupt 8.6 FNC 05 – DI / Di sable Interrupt Out li ne This in stru ction dis ables int errupt s afte r interr upts were enabl ed by EI (F NC 04) instr uction [...]
-
Page 235
233 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.7 FNC 06 – Main Routi ne Program E nd 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC0[...]
-
Page 236
234 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.7 FNC 06 – Main Routi ne Program E nd 2. In the ca se of CALL i nstruction Cautions 1. When FEND i nstruction is progra mmed two or more times Put a subro utin e program or i nterrup t rou[...]
-
Page 237
235 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.8 FNC 07 – W DT / Watchdo g Timer Refre sh 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8[...]
-
Page 238
236 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.8 FNC 07 – W DT / Watchdo g Timer Refre sh 2. The watchdog timer time can be changed. → For de tails on cha nging watc hdog timer time, refe r to Subsec tion 37 .2.2. By overwr iting the[...]
-
Page 239
237 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.9 FNC 08 – FO R / Start a FOR /NEXT Loop 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Page 240
238 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.10 FNC 09 – NE XT / End a FOR/NE XT Loop 8.10 FNC 09 – NEXT / End a FOR/NEXT Loop Out li ne NEXT instru ction s pecifi es the end p ositi on of t he loop . 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t[...]
-
Page 241
239 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.10 FNC 09 – NE XT / End a FOR/NE XT Loop 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F[...]
-
Page 242
240 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9. Move and Compare – FNC 10 to FNC 19 FNC 10 to FNC 19 provi de fundament al data pro cessing i nstruct ions su ch as data tran sfer and data compari son which are rega rded as mos t im[...]
-
Page 243
241 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.1 FNC 10 – C MP / Compare 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09[...]
-
Page 244
242 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.1 FNC 10 – C MP / Compare 2. 32-bit operation (DCMP and DCMPP) The com parison va lue [ +1, ] and the comp arison source [ +1, ] are compared wi th each othe r. According to the result[...]
-
Page 245
243 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.2 FNC 11 – ZC P / Zone Compare 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- [...]
-
Page 246
244 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.2 FNC 11 – ZC P / Zone Compare 2. 32-bit operation (DZCP and DZCPP) The lowe r compa rison v alue [ + 1, ] and upper comp aris on value [ +1, ] are compa red with the compari son so ur[...]
-
Page 247
245 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – M OV / Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 248
246 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – M OV / Move When a word device is s pecifie d The wor d device tran sfers 1 point. 2. 32-bit operation (DMOV and DMOVP) The con tents of t he transf er source [ +1, ] are tr[...]
-
Page 249
247 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – M OV / Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr[...]
-
Page 250
248 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Mo ve 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Mo ve Out li ne This in stru ction dis tributes and compose s data in un its of digi t (4 bits ). 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se[...]
-
Page 251
249 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Mo ve 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F[...]
-
Page 252
250 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.5 F NC 14 – CM L / Compl eme nt 9.5 FNC 14 – CML / C omplement Out li ne This in stru ction inv erts dat a in units of bit, and t hen tra nsfers (c opies) t he inve rted da ta. 1. In[...]
-
Page 253
251 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.5 F NC 14 – CM L / Compl eme nt 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-[...]
-
Page 254
252 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 9.6 FNC 15 – BMOV / Block Move Out li ne This instru ctio n trans fers (copie s) a specif ied numb er of data at o ne time . 1. Instruct ion format 2. [...]
-
Page 255
253 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- [...]
-
Page 256
254 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 9.6.1 Function of trans fer between f ile regi sters and dat a regi sters BMOV (FNC 15) i nstru ction has a special fu ncti on for file r egister s (D100[...]
-
Page 257
255 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- [...]
-
Page 258
256 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move Out li ne This in stru ction trans fers same data to specifi ed number of dev ices . 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. [...]
-
Page 259
257 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC[...]
-
Page 260
258 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchan ge 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchange Out li ne This in stru ction exch anges dat a betwe en two device s. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Applicabl e devices[...]
-
Page 261
259 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchan ge 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC0[...]
-
Page 262
260 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversi on to Binary Code d Decimal 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / C onversion to Binary Coded Decimal Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts b inary (BI N) da ta int o binar y[...]
-
Page 263
261 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversi on to Binary Code d Decimal 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basi[...]
-
Page 264
262 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversi on to Binary Code d Decimal Program examples 1. When the seven- segment dis play unit has 1 digit 2. When the seven- segment dis play unit has 2 to 4 di gits [...]
-
Page 265
263 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conve rsion to Binary 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction [...]
-
Page 266
264 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conve rsion to Binary 2. 32-bit operation (DBIN and DBINP) This i nstru ction co nverts t he binary -code d decima l (BCD) dat a of [ +1, ] into bi nary (BI N) data ,[...]
-
Page 267
265 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conve rsion to Binary 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction [...]
-
Page 268
266 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10. Arithmetic and Logical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FNC 29 FNC 20 to FN C 29 provide instr uctions for a rithmet ic oper ations[...]
-
Page 269
267 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.1 FN C 20 – ADD / Addit ion 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro[...]
-
Page 270
268 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.1 FN C 20 – ADD / Addit ion Related de vices 1. Relationship between the flag operation and the sign (p ositive or negative) of a numer ic valu[...]
-
Page 271
269 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.1 FN C 20 – ADD / Addit ion 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro[...]
-
Page 272
270 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.2 FNC 21 – S UB / Su btraction 10.2 FNC 21 – SUB / Subtraction Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes su btracti on using t wo value s to obt[...]
-
Page 273
271 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.2 FNC 21 – S UB / Su btraction 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before [...]
-
Page 274
272 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.2 FNC 21 – S UB / Su btraction Program example 1. Difference between SUB instruction and DEC instruction caused by a progr am for subtracting &[...]
-
Page 275
273 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplicatio n 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Befor[...]
-
Page 276
274 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplicatio n • When a digit (K1 to K8) is specif ied for [ +1, ] A digit ca n be specifi ed in the ra nge fro m K1 to K8.[...]
-
Page 277
275 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplicatio n 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Befor[...]
-
Page 278
276 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.4 FNC 23 – D IV / D ivision 10.4 FNC 23 – DIV / D ivision Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes divi sion by two values to obtain t he resul[...]
-
Page 279
277 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.4 FNC 23 – D IV / D ivision 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro[...]
-
Page 280
278 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.4 FNC 23 – D IV / D ivision Program examples 1. 16-bit operation 2. 32-bit operation Function Changes Acc ording t o Versions Compa tible Versi[...]
-
Page 281
279 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.5 FNC 24 – INC / Increment 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Prog[...]
-
Page 282
280 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.5 FNC 24 – INC / Increment Program example X010 M 1 X011 FNC 12 MOVP K 0 Z FNC 18 BCDP C 0Z K4Y000 FNC 24 INCP Z FNC 10 CMPP K 10 Z M 0 0 → ([...]
-
Page 283
281 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.6 FNC 25 – D EC / Decrement 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro[...]
-
Page 284
282 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.7 FNC 26 – W AND / Logica l Word AND 10.7 FNC 26 – WAND / Logical Word AND Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes the logi cal produ ct (AND)[...]
-
Page 285
283 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.7 FNC 26 – W AND / Logica l Word AND 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 B[...]
-
Page 286
284 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.8 FN C 27 – WOR / L ogical Word OR 10.8 FNC 27 – WOR / Logical Word OR Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the logi cal su m (OR) operati [...]
-
Page 287
285 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.8 FN C 27 – WOR / L ogical Word OR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Bef[...]
-
Page 288
286 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Exclus ive OR 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Exclusive OR Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the excl usive log i[...]
-
Page 289
287 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Exclus ive OR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant [...]
-
Page 290
288 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.10 FNC 29 – NE G / Negation 10.10 FNC 29 – NEG / Negation Out li ne This in struct ion obtai ns the comple ment of a nu meric val ue (by inve[...]
-
Page 291
289 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.10 FNC 29 – NE G / Negation 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro[...]
-
Page 292
290 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11. Rotation and Shift Operation – FNC 3 0 to FNC 39 FNC 3 0 to FN C 39 provide instr uctions for rotat ing and shi fting bit da ta an d wor d data in s pecified dir ection[...]
-
Page 293
291 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.1 FNC 30 – ROR / Rotat ion Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Page 294
292 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.1 FNC 30 – ROR / Rotat ion Right 2. 32-bit operation (DROR and DRORP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] are rotated ri ghtward. • The final bit is st ored i[...]
-
Page 295
293 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.2 FNC 31 – ROL / Rotat ion Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15[...]
-
Page 296
294 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.2 FNC 31 – ROL / Rotat ion Left 2. 32-bit operation (DROL and DROLP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] are rotated le ftward. • The final bit is st ored in [...]
-
Page 297
295 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.3 FNC 32 – RCR / Rotation Ri ght with Car ry 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy I[...]
-
Page 298
296 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.3 FNC 32 – RCR / Rotation Ri ght with Car ry 2. 32-bit operation (DRCR and DRCRP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] and 1 bit (carry flag M802 2) are rotate d[...]
-
Page 299
297 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.4 FNC 33 – RCL / Rotati on Left wi th Carry 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In[...]
-
Page 300
298 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.4 FNC 33 – RCL / Rotati on Left wi th Carry 2. 32-bit operation (DRCL and DRCLP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] and 1 bit (carry flag M802 2) are rotate d [...]
-
Page 301
299 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.5 FNC 34 – S FTR / Bit Shift Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Page 302
300 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.5 FNC 34 – S FTR / Bit Shift Right Explanation of funct ion and operat ion 1. 16-bit operation (SFTR and SFTRP) For "n1 " bits (shi ft regi ster len gth) st ar[...]
-
Page 303
301 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bi t Shift Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Page 304
302 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bi t Shift Left Cau ti on Note that "n2" bits ar e shi fted eve ry time the co mmand i nput tur ns ON f rom OFF in SFTLP inst ruction, but t [...]
-
Page 305
303 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bi t Shift Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Page 306
304 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right Out li ne This i nstruc tion sh ifts w ord dev ices wi th "n1" data length rightwar [...]
-
Page 307
305 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Page 308
306 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shi ft Left 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shift Left Out li ne This in struct ion shift s the word dat a infor mation leftwar d by the speci fied nu[...]
-
Page 309
307 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shi ft Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Page 310
308 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Writ e [FIFO/FILO Control] 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Write [FIFO/FILO Contr ol] Out li ne This in stru ctio n writes dat a for fir st- in firs[...]
-
Page 311
309 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Writ e [FIFO/FILO Control] 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 H[...]
-
Page 312
310 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Writ e [FIFO/FILO Control] Program example 1. Example of first-in first-out contr ol → For a pro gram ex ample of FILO, ref er to Secti on 27.3[...]
-
Page 313
311 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.10 FNC 39 – SFRD / Shift Read [FIFO Control] 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy I[...]
-
Page 314
312 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.10 FNC 39 – SFRD / Shift Read [FIFO Control] 1) When the comma nd input tu rns ON, t he contents of +1 are transfer red (rea d) to . 2) Accompan ied by t his tr ansfe r,[...]
-
Page 315
313 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC89 [...]
-
Page 316
314 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.1 F NC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 12.1 FNC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset Out li ne This in struct ion reset s devices l ocate d in a zone betwee n two spec ified dev ices at one time. Use this [...]
-
Page 317
315 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.1 F NC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 Ext[...]
-
Page 318
316 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.1 F NC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 2. When specifying high speed counters (C235 to C255) ZRST inst ruct ion is handl ed as th e 16-bit t ype, but 32- bit count ers can be specified in and .[...]
-
Page 319
317 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External[...]
-
Page 320
318 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 2) Whe n is a wor d devic e (1 ≤ n ≤ 4) The numeric value (e xpressed in 2 n on the l ow-order side) of is decoded to . -When all bits of are "0"[...]
-
Page 321
319 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External[...]
-
Page 322
320 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode Out li ne This in struct ion obt ains posi tions in which bits are ON in data. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Applicabl e[...]
-
Page 323
321 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External[...]
-
Page 324
322 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Acti ve Bits 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Active Bits Out li ne This in struct ion coun ts the number of "1" (ON) bit s in the data of a speci fied de[...]
-
Page 325
323 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Acti ve Bits 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FN[...]
-
Page 326
324 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Acti ve Bits Cau ti on While th e command input is OFF, the inst ructi on is not exec uted. The output of the number of bits in the ON status is la tched in the[...]
-
Page 327
325 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.5 FNC 44 – BON / Che ck Specified Bit Status 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F[...]
-
Page 328
326 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.5 FNC 44 – BON / Che ck Specified Bit Status 2. 32-bit operation (DBON and DBONP) The stat us (ON or OFF) of the bit "n" in [ +1, ] is output to . [When the bit "n"[...]
-
Page 329
327 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.6 FNC 45 – MEAN / Mean 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External F[...]
-
Page 330
328 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.6 FNC 45 – MEAN / Mean Cau ti on • When a device number is exceeded , "n" is handle d as a smaller value in the possible range. • Note that the 32-bi t value [n+1 , n] is[...]
-
Page 331
329 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.7 FNC 46 – ANS / Timed Annu nciator Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Page 332
330 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.7 FNC 46 – ANS / Timed Annu nciator Set Program example 1. Displa ying a fault number us ing an annunciator When the progr am for ex terna l faul t diagno sis s hown below is crea ted [...]
-
Page 333
331 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.8 FNC 47 – ANR / Annunc iator Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Page 334
332 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.9 FNC 48 – SQ R / Square Roo t 12.9 FNC 48 – SQR / Square Root Out li ne This instru ctio n obtai ns the squ are roo t. The ESQR (FNC127 ) instruction obt ains the square root in flo[...]
-
Page 335
333 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.10 FNC 4 9 – FLT / Conver sion to Floatin g Point 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Page 336
334 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.10 FNC 4 9 – FLT / Conver sion to Floatin g Point Program example 1. Arithmetic operations by binary floating point operations The sequen ce progr am shown below i s constru cted as fo[...]
-
Page 337
335 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC8[...]
-
Page 338
336 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh Out li ne This in struc tion immed iately outputs th e l ate st inpu t (X) inf ormati on or th e current output (Y) opera[...]
-
Page 339
337 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 [...]
-
Page 340
338 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh Cautions 1. Setting the number of refr eshed points "n" Set a mult iple of 8 suc h as "K8 (H8), K16 (H10) … K2 56 (H100)". Any ot[...]
-
Page 341
339 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 [...]
-
Page 342
340 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.2 FN C 51 – REFF / Ref resh and Filter Adjust 13.2 FNC 51 – REFF / Refresh and Filter Adjust Out li ne The digi tal inpu t filt er time of the i nputs X00 0 to X017 *1 can be[...]
-
Page 343
341 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.2 FN C 51 – REFF / Ref resh and Filter Adjust 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc[...]
-
Page 344
342 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.2 FN C 51 – REFF / Ref resh and Filter Adjust 13.2.1 What should be under stood bef ore using REFF instruc tion General ly, a C-R fil ter of app roxi mately 10 ms is pr ovided [...]
-
Page 345
343 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- [...]
-
Page 346
344 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix The fi gure bel ow shows an exampl e of th e FX 3U series main u nit (s ink i nput /sink ou tput ). Fo r writ ing de tails , ref er to the foll o[...]
-
Page 347
345 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- [...]
-
Page 348
346 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix 13.3.1 Operation a nd cautions f or MTR instr uction 1. Command input 1) Setting the co mmand input t o normally ON For the MTR ins tructi on, se[...]
-
Page 349
347 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio[...]
-
Page 350
348 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set Operation When the current value of the high s peed count er C 255 changes from "99" to "1 00" or from "101&[...]
-
Page 351
349 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio[...]
-
Page 352
350 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 13.4.1 Common cautions on usi ng instruct ions for high speed counter DHSCS (FNC 53 ), DHSCR (FNC 5 4), DHSZ (FNC 55) and DHSCT (FNC2[...]
-
Page 353
351 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio[...]
-
Page 354
352 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 6. Priority order in operations among HSCS (FNC 53), HSCR (FNC 54), and HSZ (FNC 55) instructions for t he same high speed counter 1)[...]
-
Page 355
353 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / Hig h Speed Counter Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi[...]
-
Page 356
354 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / Hig h Speed Counter Reset Related inst ructions The fo l low ing ins tructi ons can be c ombine d with high speed c ounter s: Cautions 1. Selection of the cou[...]
-
Page 357
355 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / Hig h Speed Counter Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi[...]
-
Page 358
356 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High Speed Counter Zone Co mpare Out li ne This i nstruc tion co mpares the cur rent va lue o f a hig[...]
-
Page 359
357 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Page 360
358 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e Cautions 1. Selection of the count comparison method 1) FX 3U /FX 3U C PLC When the HSZ inst ructi on is used in FX 3U /FX [...]
-
Page 361
359 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Page 362
360 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 13.6.1 Program in which comparison result is set to ON when power is turned ON [ZCP (FNC 11) instruct ion] DHSZ ins tructi [...]
-
Page 363
361 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Page 364
362 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 13.6.2 Table high speed comparison mode (M8130) This sec tion expl ains the t able high sp eed compar ison mode (h igh spee[...]
-
Page 365
363 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Page 366
364 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e Comparis on table 1) When this in structi on is execu ted, the t op table in the data tab le is set a s the c ompari son ta[...]
-
Page 367
365 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Page 368
366 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e FNC 55 DHSZ M8132 PLS M10 S S 1 S 2 Y000 FNC 57 DPLSY D8132 K0 Frequency Pulse quantity (K0 specifies continuou[...]
-
Page 369
367 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Page 370
368 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Detection Out li ne This in stru ction coun ts the inpu t pulse for a speci fied peri od of t ime as inter rupt in[...]
-
Page 371
369 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7[...]
-
Page 372
370 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 2. 32-bit operation (DSPD) The inp ut pulse is co unted only for [ +1, ] x 1 ms . The meas ured v alue is stored in [ +1, ], the pr esent va l[...]
-
Page 373
371 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7[...]
-
Page 374
372 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output Out li ne This inst ructio n gene rates a pul se sign al. → For t he frequenc y contro l mode, re fer t[...]
-
Page 375
373 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70[...]
-
Page 376
374 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 2. Monitoring the current numbe r of generated puls es The numb er of pulse s output fr om Y000 or Y00 1 is stored in the follow i ng spec ial [...]
-
Page 377
375 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70[...]
-
Page 378
376 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 6. Other s 1) Types of pul se output, positi oning and oth er relev ant instr uction s and their target out put numbers *1. Y002 (pu lse ou tpu[...]
-
Page 379
377 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.9 F NC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Page 380
378 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.9 F NC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation Cautions 1. Setting the pulse width and period Make su re that the pulse widt h and period satisfy the r elatio nship " ≤ "[...]
-
Page 381
379 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.9 F NC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Page 382
380 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceleration/Decelerati on Setup Out li ne This pul se outp ut instr uction ha s the acce lera tion[...]
-
Page 383
381 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Page 384
382 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup Related de vices 1. Instructio n executio n complete f lag → For the inst ruction executi on complete f lag use method, r[...]
-
Page 385
383 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy [...]
-
Page 386
384 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 5. Other s 1) Types of pul se output, positi oning and oth er relev ant instr uction s and their target out put numbers *1.[...]
-
Page 387
385 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FN[...]
-
Page 388
386 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / I nitial State Out li ne This instruction automatically controls the initial stat e and special auxiliary relays in a ste p la[...]
-
Page 389
387 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Page 390
388 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 14.1.1 IST instruction equivalen t circuit The de tails of s pecial au xiliary r elays (M) and ini tial state relays (S0 to S9 ) which are auto mati[...]
-
Page 391
389 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Page 392
390 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 3. Assignment of mode se lection inputs For u sing IST i nstruc tion, it i s nece ssary to assig n inputs h aving consecuti ve dev ice number s as s[...]
-
Page 393
391 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Page 394
392 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 5. Program e xample 1) Circuit diagr am In the sequen ce circui t shown below, all ar eas excep t shaded are as are stand ard. Progra m the shaded a[...]
-
Page 395
393 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Page 396
394 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State d) Automat ic mode (steppi ng operat ion mode, cyc le operat ion mode or con tinuous op eration mode) Y000 Moving down K 10 Clamping Moving up SET Y[...]
-
Page 397
395 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Page 398
396 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SE R / Search a Data Stack 14.2 FNC 61 – SER / Search a Data Stack Out li ne This instru ction s earch es for the same d ata, max imum val ue and minimu m value in a d[...]
-
Page 399
397 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SE R / Search a Data Stack 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7[...]
-
Page 400
398 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SE R / Search a Data Stack 2) Operation exa mple a) Example of search res ult table co nfig uration and data b) Search r esult ta ble Cautions • Comparison of val ues [...]
-
Page 401
399 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolut e Drum Seque ncer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Page 402
400 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolut e Drum Seque ncer 1) Write the fol lowing data t o to +2n-1 i n ad vance by a t ransfer instr uction : For exampl e, stor e the 1 6-bit ri sing poi nt dat[...]
-
Page 403
401 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolut e Drum Seque ncer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Page 404
402 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Se quencer 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Sequen cer Out li ne This in stru ction cre ates many out put patte rns usi ng a pair of co un[...]
-
Page 405
403 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Se quencer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Page 406
404 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teac hing Timer 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teaching Timer Out li ne This instruc tion m easur es the pe riod of time in which TT MR ins tructi on is ON . Use this ins[...]
-
Page 407
405 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teac hing Timer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- F[...]
-
Page 408
406 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer Out li ne This in struct ion can ea sily make off -delay ti mers, one- shot ti mers and flic ker timer s. 1. In[...]
-
Page 409
407 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Page 410
408 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / Alternate St ate 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / A lternate State Out li ne This in stru ction alter nates a bit devic e (from ON to OFF or from OFF to ON) when the inpu t t[...]
-
Page 411
409 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / Alternate St ate 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- F[...]
-
Page 412
410 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Varia ble Value 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Variable Value Out li ne This in structi on obt ains the dat a which change s betwee n the start value (in itial [...]
-
Page 413
411 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Varia ble Value 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC[...]
-
Page 414
412 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rot ary Table Co ntrol 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rotary Table Control Out li ne This i nstru ction i s suitabl e for eff icient contr ol of th e rotar y table f or p[...]
-
Page 415
413 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rot ary Table Co ntrol 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F[...]
-
Page 416
414 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rot ary Table Co ntrol Operation conditi ons The con dition s require d to use th is instr uction are as shown in the exam ple below. 1) Rotatio n detecti on sign[...]
-
Page 417
415 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Ta bulated Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN[...]
-
Page 418
416 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Ta bulated Data • The data table conf igurat ion is expl ained in an example in whi ch the sort ing sou rce data ta ble has 3 lines an d 4 columns (m1 = K[...]
-
Page 419
417 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Ta bulated Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN[...]
-
Page 420
418 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15. External FX I/O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 FNC 70 to FNC 79 provide i nstruct ions to r eceive dat a from and send data to exte rnal de vices mai nly usin g inputs an d output [...]
-
Page 421
419 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Page 422
420 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 2) Key press ing i nfor matio n [ to +10] - For the ke y press ing infor mation, to +9 turn ON or OFF accord ing to the pr essed keys. - For the[...]
-
Page 423
421 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Page 424
422 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 3. Timing char t 1) When the ten keys are pr essed in the or der "[1] → [2] → [3] → [4]" shown i n the figur e, "2130 "[...]
-
Page 425
423 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F[...]
-
Page 426
424 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t 1) Input of a nume ric valu e throu gh keys 0 to 9: - When an input value is lar ger than "9999 ", it overf lows fr om the most s[...]
-
Page 427
425 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F[...]
-
Page 428
426 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t Program example The figu re belo w shows an exa mple of the FX 3U series main unit (sink input /sink out put). For w iring detail s, refe r[...]
-
Page 429
427 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumbwheel Input) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In[...]
-
Page 430
428 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumbwheel Input) 2) Specificat ion of the number of sets ("n") - When using one set of 4 digits [n = k1] A 4-digi t BCD digital swit[...]
-
Page 431
429 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumbwheel Input) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In[...]
-
Page 432
430 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Dec oder 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Decode r Out li ne This in stru ction deco des data , and turn s the seven -segmen t displa y unit[...]
-
Page 433
431 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Dec oder 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Page 434
432 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seven Segment With Latc h Out li ne This in struct ion contr ols one or two sets of 4-digit seve n-segme nt [...]
-
Page 435
433 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct[...]
-
Page 436
434 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch Related de vices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer to Subse ction 6.5.2. Cautions 1. Time t[...]
-
Page 437
435 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct[...]
-
Page 438
436 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 3. Confirming the logic o f the seven-s egment displa y unit 1) D ata i nput 2) Strobe s ignal 4. Setting the parameter "n&quo[...]
-
Page 439
437 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- [...]
-
Page 440
438 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch Content s of the displ ay and oper ation part 1) Specifying the number of digits of the seven -segment di splay uni t having the BCD decode r n I[...]
-
Page 441
439 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- [...]
-
Page 442
440 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch Program M8000 T0 D300 T1 D301 T99 D399 Practical timer circuit X000 M0 Decrem ent X001 M1 Incr ement X002 M2 Higher digi t RUN monitor M3 Lower d[...]
-
Page 443
441 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.7 FNC 76 – AS C / ASCII Code Data Input 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Page 444
442 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.7 FNC 76 – AS C / ASCII Code Data Input Extension function When M8 161 is se t to ON for mak ing th e exten sion functi on vali d, a h alf-wi dth alph anumeri c chara cter stri[...]
-
Page 445
443 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Pri nt (ASCII Code) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN[...]
-
Page 446
444 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Pri nt (ASCII Code) Extension function 1. 16-byte serial output Dependi ng on the ON/O FF status of the speci al auxi liary rel ay M8027, the number of characte[...]
-
Page 447
445 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Pri nt (ASCII Code) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN[...]
-
Page 448
446 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read From A Special Fun ction Block Out li ne This in stru ction rea ds the conte nts of bu ffer m[...]
-
Page 449
447 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Hand[...]
-
Page 450
448 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block Program examples In prog rams, the con tents of buffe r memorie s (BFMs) in speci al exte nsion units/ block s are read ([...]
-
Page 451
449 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Hand[...]
-
Page 452
450 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block Acceptance of i nterrupt s while FROM/TO instruct ion is exec uted (M8028) 1. While M8 028 is OFF While a FROM/T O instr [...]
-
Page 453
451 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.10 F NC 79 – TO / Writ e To A Special Functi on Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy[...]
-
Page 454
452 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.10 F NC 79 – TO / Writ e To A Special Functi on Block 2. 32-bit operation (DTO and DTOP) PLC (wor d dev ice) → Sp ecial extensi on un it/blo ck (B FM) "n"-poin t 32[...]
-
Page 455
453 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FN[...]
-
Page 456
454 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.1 F NC 80 – RS / Serial C ommun ication 16.1 FNC 80 – RS / S erial Communication Out li ne This i nstruct ion sends and rec eive s data in n o-pro tocol co mmunica tion by wa y o[...]
-
Page 457
455 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.1 F NC 80 – RS / Serial C ommun ication 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN[...]
-
Page 458
456 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.2 FN C 81 – PRUN / Parallel Run (Oct al Mode) 16.2 FNC 81 – PRUN / Parallel Run (Octal Mode ) Out li ne This in stru ction han dles the de vice nu mber of with di git spec ifica [...]
-
Page 459
457 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.2 FN C 81 – PRUN / Parallel Run (Oct al Mode) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Page 460
458 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – A SCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 16.3 FNC 82 – ASCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Con version Out li ne This in stru ction conv erts hexadecim al code in to ASCII code[...]
-
Page 461
459 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – A SCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instru[...]
-
Page 462
460 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – A SCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 3. 8-bit con version mode ( while M81 61 is ON) (M8161 is used a lso for the RS , H EX, CCD and CRC instructions.) Each dig it of[...]
-
Page 463
461 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct[...]
-
Page 464
462 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversion 2. 16-bit conversion mode (while M8161 is OFF) (M8161 is used a lso for the RS , A SCI, CCD, and CRC instructions.) Each ASCI I cod[...]
-
Page 465
463 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct[...]
-
Page 466
464 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / C heck Code Out li ne This i nstruc tion c alculates the horizont al par ity va lue and sum ch eck va lue in the er ror chec k met[...]
-
Page 467
465 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 E[...]
-
Page 468
466 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 3. 8-bit con version mode ( while M81 61 is ON) (M8161 is used also f or the RS, A SCI, HEX and CRC instruc tions.) With reg ard to "n" data s[...]
-
Page 469
467 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.6 FNC 85 - VRRD / Volume Read 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 E[...]
-
Page 470
468 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.6 FNC 85 - VRRD / Volume Read 2. Example in which t he analog va lues of the variable analog pot entiometers N os. 0 to 7 are read in turn, and used as analog timers K0 to K7 are spe[...]
-
Page 471
469 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.7 FNC 86 - VRSC / V olume Scale 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79[...]
-
Page 472
470 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.7 FNC 86 - VRSC / V olume Scale Program example 1. Example i n which the scale v alue is use d as a rotar y switch Either one among auxil iary re lays M0 to M10 tu rns ON in accor da[...]
-
Page 473
471 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – R S2 / Se rial Com muni cat ion 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Page 474
472 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – R S2 / Se rial Com muni cat ion 2 Related de vices → For deta iled explanat ion, r efer to th e Da ta C ommunicatio n Edi tion. *1. Ch2 is not av aila ble in 14-p oint[...]
-
Page 475
473 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – R S2 / Se rial Com muni cat ion 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction [...]
-
Page 476
474 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op 16.9 FNC 88 – PID / P ID Control Loop Out li ne This in struct ion execut es PID contr ol which cha nges the output val ue accordi ng to th e [...]
-
Page 477
475 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Page 478
476 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op *1. +20 to +24 are oc cupied w hen any bit 1, 2 or 5 is set to "1" in +1 for operation set ting (ACT). +20 *1 Input variation (i ncrem[...]
-
Page 479
477 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Page 480
478 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17. Data Transfer 2 – FNC100 to FNC109 FNC100 to FNC1 09 prov ide an instr uction fo r execu ting compl icated processi ng for fund amental app lied ins truction s and fo r executi ng[...]
-
Page 481
479 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.1 FNC 102 – ZPUSH/ Batch Store of Index Registe r 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc[...]
-
Page 482
480 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.1 FNC 102 – ZPUSH/ Batch Store of Index Registe r 4) The figur e below show s the data st ructur e batch- stored in and later. Related inst ruction Cautions • When not using the [...]
-
Page 483
481 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.1 FNC 102 – ZPUSH/ Batch Store of Index Registe r 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc[...]
-
Page 484
482 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.2 FNC 103 – ZPO P/Bat ch POP o f I ndex Regi ster 17.2 FNC103 – ZPOP /Batch POP of Index Regis ter Out li ne This i nstruct ion res tores th e cont ents of t he index regi sters [...]
-
Page 485
483 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC[...]
-
Page 486
484 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 129 INT Floating Point to I nteger Conversio n Section 18.17 130 SIN Floating Point Sin e Section 18.18 131 COS Fl oating P oint Cos ine Sec tion 18.19 132 TAN Floating Point Tange nt Se[...]
-
Page 487
485 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.1 FNC11 0 – ECMP / Floati ng Point Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 [...]
-
Page 488
486 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Poi nt Zone Compare 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Point Zone Compa re Out li ne This i nstruc tion comp ares data (bi nary fl oating point ) with two va[...]
-
Page 489
487 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Poi nt Zone Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Page 490
488 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.3 FNC112 – EMOV / Floating Point Move 18.3 FNC112 – EMOV / Floating Point Move Out li ne This inst ructio n trans fers bina ry fl oating point data. → Fo r handling of float ing[...]
-
Page 491
489 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC6[...]
-
Page 492
490 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 2. In the ca se of decimal po int forma t • The total n umber of dig its whic h can be s pecified by +1 is as fo [...]
-
Page 493
491 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC6[...]
-
Page 494
492 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion • The number of digits of the decimal part which can be specif ied by +2 is from 0 to 7. However, the follow ing [...]
-
Page 495
493 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC6[...]
-
Page 496
494 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion Program examples 1) In the pro gram examp le shown bel ow, the co ntents ( binary f loatin g point data) of R0 and [...]
-
Page 497
495 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FN[...]
-
Page 498
496 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion a) In the cas e of decimal poi nt format b) In the cas e of exponent format • When a character st ring to be c [...]
-
Page 499
497 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FN[...]
-
Page 500
498 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion Related de vices → For the use method s of the zer o, borrow and carry fl ags, r efer to S ubsection 6.5.2. Rel[...]
-
Page 501
499 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FN[...]
-
Page 502
500 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.6 FNC118 – EBCD / Floating Poin t to Scientific Notation Conversion 18.6 FNC118 – EBCD / Floating Point to Scientific Notation Conversion Out li ne This inst ruct ion conv erts bi[...]
-
Page 503
501 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.7 FN C11 9 – EBI N / Sc ien tifi c No tatio n to Floa ting Poin t Co nve rsio n 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing[...]
-
Page 504
502 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.7 FN C11 9 – EBI N / Sc ien tifi c No tatio n to Floa ting Poin t Co nve rsio n Program example By DE BIN inst ructi on, a numeric value conta ining the d ecimal p oint can be dire [...]
-
Page 505
503 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.8 F NC120 – EADD / Floating P oint Addi tion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Page 506
504 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.9 FNC121 – ESUB / Floating Point Subtraction 18.9 FNC121 – ESUB / Floating Point Subtraction Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes su btrac tion of t wo binary fl oati ng point d[...]
-
Page 507
505 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.10 FNC 122 – EMUL / Floating Point Mult iplication 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc[...]
-
Page 508
506 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.11 FNC123 – EDIV / Floating Point D ivision 18.11 FNC123 – EDIV / Floating Point Division Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes divi sion of two binar y floati ng poi nt. → Fo [...]
-
Page 509
507 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.12 FNC124 – EXP / Floating Point Exponen t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 [...]
-
Page 510
508 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.12 FNC124 – EXP / Floating Point Exponen t Program example In the progr am example s hown below, the e xponenti al opera tion is execut ed fo r a value set i n the 2-d igit BCD form[...]
-
Page 511
509 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.13 FNC125 – LOGE / Floating Point Natural Logarith m 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instr[...]
-
Page 512
510 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.13 FNC125 – LOGE / Floating Point Natural Logarith m Program example In the program ex ample s hown below, natural logari thm of "10 " set i n D50 is c alculat ed, and s t[...]
-
Page 513
511 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.14 FNC126 – LOG10 / Floa ting Point Common Logar ithm 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Inst[...]
-
Page 514
512 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.14 FNC126 – LOG10 / Floa ting Point Common Logar ithm Program example In the p rogram examp le sho wn below , common log arithm of "15" set in D50 is cal culated, and stor[...]
-
Page 515
513 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.15 FNC1 27 – ESQR / Floa ting Point Squar e Root 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi[...]
-
Page 516
514 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18. 16 F NC12 8 – ENEG / F loat ing Po int Ne gati on 18.16 FNC128 – ENEG / Floating Point Negation Out li ne This in stru ction inv erts the sign of bina ry float ing point (real nu[...]
-
Page 517
515 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.17 FNC129 – INT / Floating Point to In teger Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In[...]
-
Page 518
516 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.17 FNC129 – INT / Floating Point to In teger Conversion Related de vices → For t he methods of zer o, borr ow and carry fl ags, r efer to Subsection 6.5.2. Cau ti on 1. Caution in[...]
-
Page 519
517 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.18 FN C130 – SIN / Floating Point Sine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7[...]
-
Page 520
518 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.19 FN C131 – COS / Flo ating Point Cosine 18.19 FNC131 – COS / Floating Point Cosine Out li ne This in stru ction obt ains the cos ine value of an angl e (in radi ans). → Fo r h[...]
-
Page 521
519 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.20 FNC13 2 – TAN / Floa ting Point Tangen t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15[...]
-
Page 522
520 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.21 FN C133 – ASIN / Floatin g Point Arc Sine 18.21 FNC133 – ASIN / Floating Point Arc Sine Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the SIN − 1 (arc sine ) opera tion . → Fo r h[...]
-
Page 523
521 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.21 FN C133 – ASIN / Floatin g Point Arc Sine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1[...]
-
Page 524
522 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.22 FNC 134 – ACOS / Floating Point Arc Cos ine 18.22 FNC134 – ACOS / Floating Point Arc Cosine Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the COS − 1 ( arc cosi ne) op eratio n. →[...]
-
Page 525
523 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.22 FNC 134 – ACOS / Floating Point Arc Cos ine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Page 526
524 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.23 F NC135 – ATAN / Floa ting Point Arc Tan gent 18.23 FNC135 – ATAN / Floating Point Arc Tangen t Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes the TAN − 1 (ar c tangen t) operat ion.[...]
-
Page 527
525 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.23 F NC135 – ATAN / Floa ting Point Arc Tan gent 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi[...]
-
Page 528
526 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.24 FNC 136 – RAD / Floating Point D egrees to Rad ians Conve rsion 18.24 FNC136 – RAD / Floating Point Degrees to R adians Conversion Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts a val [...]
-
Page 529
527 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.24 FNC 136 – RAD / Floating Point D egrees to Rad ians Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC[...]
-
Page 530
528 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.25 FNC 137 – DEG / Floating Point Radians to Deg rees Conve rsion 18.25 FNC137 – DEG / Floating Point Radians to D egrees Conversion Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts a val u[...]
-
Page 531
529 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-F[...]
-
Page 532
530 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data Out li ne This in stru ction cal culates the sum of co nsecuti ve 16-bit or 32-bi t data. When calcu lat[...]
-
Page 533
531 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-[...]
-
Page 534
532 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.2 FNC141 – W TOB / WO RD to BYTE 19.2 FNC141 – WTOB / WORD to BYTE Out li ne This in stru ction sepa rates consecu tive 16- bit data i n byte unit s (8 bit s). 1. Instruct ion f[...]
-
Page 535
533 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.2 FNC141 – W TOB / WO RD to BYTE 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- F[...]
-
Page 536
534 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD Out li ne This in stru ction combi nes th e low-orde r 8 bits (low-or der byte) of consec utive 16- bit data . 1[...]
-
Page 537
535 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC[...]
-
Page 538
536 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.4 FNC 143 – UNI / 4-bit Linking of W ord Data 19.4 FNC143 – UNI / 4-bit Linking of Word Data Out li ne This in stru ction combi nes th e low-o rder 4 bits of conse cutive 16 -bi[...]
-
Page 539
537 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.4 FNC 143 – UNI / 4-bit Linking of W ord Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio[...]
-
Page 540
538 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.5 FNC 144 – DIS / 4-bit Grouping of Word Data 19.5 FNC144 – DIS / 4-bit Grouping of Word Data Out li ne This in stru ction sepa rates 16-bit dat a into 4 bi t units. 1. Instruct[...]
-
Page 541
539 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.5 FNC 144 – DIS / 4-bit Grouping of Word Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio[...]
-
Page 542
540 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.6 FNC147 – SWAP / Byte Swap 19.6 FNC147 – SWAP / Byte Swap Out li ne This in stru ction swaps the hig h-order 8 bits and low- order 8 bi ts of a word dev ice. 1. Instruct ion fo[...]
-
Page 543
541 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15[...]
-
Page 544
542 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 The dat a table c onfigur ation i s exp lained in an examp le in whi ch the s orting sourc e data table h as 3 li nes and 4 columns (m1 =[...]
-
Page 545
543 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15[...]
-
Page 546
544 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 Related de vices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer to Subse ction 6.5.2. Related inst ruction Cau[...]
-
Page 547
545 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC8[...]
-
Page 548
546 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.1 FNC150 – DSZ R / Dog Search Zero Return 20.1 FNC150 – DSZR / Dog Search Zero Return Out li ne This i nstruct ion execu tes a zero retur n, and align s the mec hanical posit[...]
-
Page 549
547 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.1 FNC150 – DSZ R / Dog Search Zero Return 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Page 550
548 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.2 FNC151 – D VIT / Interrup t Positioning 20.2 FNC151 – DVIT / Interrupt Positioning Out li ne This inst ructio n exec utes on e-spee d in terrupt consta nt q uantity fee d. [...]
-
Page 551
549 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.2 FNC151 – D VIT / Interrup t Positioning 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction[...]
-
Page 552
550 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.3 FNC152 – TB L / Batch Data Po sitioning Mode 20.3 FNC152 – TBL / Batch Data Positioning Mod e Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes one spec ified t able ope ration from t[...]
-
Page 553
551 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.4 FNC155 – ABS / Absolute C urrent V alue Read 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instru[...]
-
Page 554
552 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return Out li ne This i nstruct ion execu tes a zero retur n, and align s the mec hanical position wi th a pres ent valu[...]
-
Page 555
553 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FN[...]
-
Page 556
554 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.6 FNC15 7 – PLSV / Variab le Speed Pulse O utput 20.6 FNC157 – PLSV / Variable Speed Pulse Output Out li ne This in struct ion out puts vari able speed pulses wit h an assign[...]
-
Page 557
555 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.6 FNC15 7 – PLSV / Variab le Speed Pulse O utput 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Inst[...]
-
Page 558
556 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Incr ement 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Increment Out li ne This in structio n execut es one-s peed posit ioning by i ncrementa l drive. The movem[...]
-
Page 559
557 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Incr ement 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 [...]
-
Page 560
558 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Drive to Ab solute 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Drive to Absolute Out li ne This i nstruc tion exe cutes one-speed posi tionin g by ab solute d rive. The mov ement [...]
-
Page 561
559 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Drive to Ab solute 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F[...]
-
Page 562
560 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21. Real Time Clock Control – FNC 160 to FNC169 FNC160 to FNC1 69 provide operatio n and compar ison instr uctions for the time dat a. These instruc tions can set the time of the[...]
-
Page 563
561 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.1 FNC160 – TCMP / RTC Data Compare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19[...]
-
Page 564
562 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.1 FNC160 – TCMP / RTC Data Compare Explanation of funct ion and operat ion 1. 16-bit operation (TCMP) The compar ison time (h our, min ute, a nd seco nd) stor ed in , , and is[...]
-
Page 565
563 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.2 FNC161 – TZCP / RTC Data Zone Compare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 [...]
-
Page 566
564 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.2 FNC161 – TZCP / RTC Data Zone Compare Cautions 1) Number of occu pied devic es Three devi ces are occup ied res pective ly by , , , and . Make sure that these device s are n[...]
-
Page 567
565 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.3 FNC162 – TADD / RTC Data Additio n 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC[...]
-
Page 568
566 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.3 FNC162 – TADD / RTC Data Additio n Cautions 1) Number of occu pied devic es Three devi ces are occup ied by , and resp ectivel y. Make sure that these device s are not used [...]
-
Page 569
567 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.4 FN C163 – TSUB / RTC Data Subtra ction 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25[...]
-
Page 570
568 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.4 FN C163 – TSUB / RTC Data Subtra ction Cautions 1) Number of occu pied devic es Three devi ces are occup ied by , and resp ectivel y. Make sure that these device s are not u[...]
-
Page 571
569 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.5 FNC 164 – HTO S / Hour to Seco nd Conve rsion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Ot[...]
-
Page 572
570 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.5 FNC 164 – HTO S / Hour to Seco nd Conve rsion 2. 32-bit operation (DHTOS and DHTOSP) The time dat a (hour, mi nute, and sec ond) st ored in , +1, and +2 is conver ted into d[...]
-
Page 573
571 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.6 FNC 165 – STOH / Second to Ho ur Conversi on 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Oth[...]
-
Page 574
572 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.6 FNC 165 – STOH / Second to Ho ur Conversi on 2. 32-bit operation (DSTOH and DSTOHP) The ti me data in units of "second" st ored in +1 and is conver ted int o data [...]
-
Page 575
573 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.7 FNC166 – TRD / Read RTC data 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FN[...]
-
Page 576
574 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data Out li ne This in stru ction writ es the cl ock data to t he real ti me clock bui lt in a PLC. 1. Instruct ion[...]
-
Page 577
575 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC[...]
-
Page 578
576 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.9 FN C169 – HOU R / Hour Mete r 21.9 FNC169 – HOUR / Hour Meter Out li ne This in struct ion measu res the ON ti me of the input contact i n units of hour. 1. Instruct ion f[...]
-
Page 579
577 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.9 FN C169 – HOU R / Hour Mete r 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-F[...]
-
Page 580
578 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22. External Device – FNC170 to FNC179 FNC170 to FNC179 p rovide c onver sion in structi ons for gray cod es used in absol ute ty pe rotar y encod ers and instr uction s dedica ted to a[...]
-
Page 581
579 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.1 FNC170 – GRY / Deci mal to Gray Code Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others [...]
-
Page 582
580 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.2 FN C171 – GBI N / Gray Code t o Decimal Co nversion 22.2 FNC171 – GBIN / Gray Code to Decimal Co nversion Out li ne This in stru ction conv erts a gray code into a binar y value,[...]
-
Page 583
581 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.3 FNC1 76 – RD3A / Re ad form Dedica ted Analog Blo ck 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Ot[...]
-
Page 584
582 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.4 FNC177 – W R3A / Writ e to Dedicated An alog Block 22.4 FNC177 – WR3A / Write to Dedicated Analog Block Out li ne This in stru ction wri tes a digita l valu e to the anal og bloc[...]
-
Page 585
583 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 23 Introdu ction of Alternat e Instruc tio ns – FNC180 23.1 In struction correspond ence table 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others [...]
-
Page 586
584 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 23 Introdu ction of Alternat e Instruc tio ns – FNC180 23.1 In struction correspond ence table MEMO[...]
-
Page 587
585 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C20 0-F NC20 9 Char[...]
-
Page 588
586 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data Out li ne This i nstruct ion rea ds th e comment data for reg istere d devi ces writ ten to the P[...]
-
Page 589
587 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1[...]
-
Page 590
588 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.2 FNC184 – RND / Random Number Generation 24.2 FNC184 – RND / Random Number Generatio n Out li ne This instru ction generat es ran dom numb ers. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Appl[...]
-
Page 591
589 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.3 FNC186 – D UTY / Timing Pu lse Generation 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1[...]
-
Page 592
590 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.3 FNC186 – D UTY / Timing Pu lse Generation 4) When the comman d input is set to ON, the operat ion is start ed. The timing clock outpu t destinat ion devi ce is set to O N or OFF by END i n[...]
-
Page 593
591 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 [...]
-
Page 594
592 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check 16-b it convers ion mode (wh ile M8161 is OFF ) In th is mod e, the operat ion is execu ted for hig h-ord er 8 bits ( 1 byt e) and low-or der 8 bi ts[...]
-
Page 595
593 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 [...]
-
Page 596
594 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check Program example In the program e xample sh own bel ow, the C RC value of the ASCI I cod e “0123456 ” store d in D 100 to D106 is generat ed and s[...]
-
Page 597
595 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC[...]
-
Page 598
596 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move 2. High speed counter current value update timing and the effect of DHCMOV instruction 1) High speed cou nter cu rrent val ue updat e timing When[...]
-
Page 599
597 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC[...]
-
Page 600
598 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move Program examples 1. Program e xample 1 In the pr ogram exampl e below, the curre nt value of the high spee d counte r C235 is compa red in ea ch [...]
-
Page 601
599 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C20 0-[...]
-
Page 602
600 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition Out li ne This inst ruct ion adds binary b lock da ta. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Appl[...]
-
Page 603
601 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19[...]
-
Page 604
602 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e error code i s store d in D80[...]
-
Page 605
603 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.2 NFC193 – BK – / Block Data Su btraction 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2[...]
-
Page 606
604 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.2 NFC193 – BK – / Block Data Su btraction 2. 32-bit operation (DBK- and DBK-P) 1) "2n" 32-bit bina ry data starti ng from [ +1, ] ar e su btr acted f rom "2 n&q[...]
-
Page 607
605 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.2 NFC193 – BK – / Block Data Su btraction 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2[...]
-
Page 608
606 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 25.3 FNC194~199 – BKCMP=, >, <, < >, <= , >= / Block Data Compar e Out li [...]
-
Page 609
607 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate[...]
-
Page 610
608 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 2. 32-bit operation (DBKCMP =, >, <, <>, <= , >= / DBKCMP=P, >P, <P, &[...]
-
Page 611
609 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate[...]
-
Page 612
610 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare Program example 1) In the pr ogram shown below, four 16- bit binar y dat a start ing from D100[...]
-
Page 613
611 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C[...]
-
Page 614
612 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion 26.1 FNC200 – STR / BIN to Character String Con version Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts binary dat a in to c[...]
-
Page 615
613 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Page 616
614 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion - When th e number of all digits stored in exclud ing the s ign and deci mal point is larger than th e number of digi[...]
-
Page 617
615 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Page 618
616 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion • When the devices and later st oring a cha racter st ring exc eeds the corres ponding dev ice range (erro r code: [...]
-
Page 619
617 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Page 620
618 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion For exampl e, when a chara cter string "-123.45" is speci fied i n and late r, the conver sion re sult i s [...]
-
Page 621
619 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Page 622
620 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 5) [ +1, ] stor es 16-b it data (b in) conve r ted f rom a charact er stri ng with the decimal po int ign ored. For t[...]
-
Page 623
621 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Page 624
622 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.3 FNC 202 – $+ / Link Ch aracter Strin gs 26.3 FNC202 – $+ / Link Character Strings Out li ne This in stru ction li nks a char acter st rin g to anoth er charact er st ri[...]
-
Page 625
623 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.3 FNC 202 – $+ / Link Ch aracter Strin gs 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Other[...]
-
Page 626
624 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.4 FNC 203 – LEN / Charac ter String Le ngth Detecti on 26.4 FNC203 – LEN / Character String Length De tection Out li ne This in stru ction det ects the numb er of cha rac[...]
-
Page 627
625 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.4 FNC 203 – LEN / Charac ter String Le ngth Detecti on 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181[...]
-
Page 628
626 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Characte r String Dat a from the Right 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Character St ring Data from the Right Out li ne This in stru ction e[...]
-
Page 629
627 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Characte r String Dat a from the Right 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instruct[...]
-
Page 630
628 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character Strin g Data from the Left 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character Stri ng Data from the Left Out li ne This in stru ction ext ra[...]
-
Page 631
629 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character Strin g Data from the Left 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instruction[...]
-
Page 632
630 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Sele ction of Character Str ings 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Selection of Char acter Strings Out li ne This in stru ction ext racts a spe cified [...]
-
Page 633
631 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Sele ction of Character Str ings 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC[...]
-
Page 634
632 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Sele ction of Character Str ings Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e err[...]
-
Page 635
633 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Ra ndom R eplacement of Ch aracter St rings 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24[...]
-
Page 636
634 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Ra ndom R eplacement of Ch aracter St rings • The character string stored in and later or an d late r indicat es dat a stored in device s from th e spec[...]
-
Page 637
635 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Ra ndom R eplacement of Ch aracter St rings 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24[...]
-
Page 638
636 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.9 FNC 208 – INSTR / Character str ing search 26.9 FNC208 – INSTR / Character string search Out li ne This in stru ction sear ches a sp ecifie d characte r stri ng withi n[...]
-
Page 639
637 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.9 FNC 208 – INSTR / Character str ing search 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Ot[...]
-
Page 640
638 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.10 FNC 209 – $MOV / Character Strin g Transfer 26.10 FNC209 – $MOV / Character String Transfe r Out li ne This in stru ction tr ansfe rs char acter st ring da ta. → For[...]
-
Page 641
639 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.10 FNC 209 – $MOV / Character Strin g Transfer 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 [...]
-
Page 642
640 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27. Data Op eration 3 – FNC210 to FNC 219 FNC210 to FNC219 prov ide inst ructio ns for rea ding la st-in data and cont rolli ng leftw ard/ri ghtward sh ift ins tructi ons with c arry[...]
-
Page 643
641 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.1 FN C210 – FDEL / Deleting Data from Tables 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25[...]
-
Page 644
642 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.1 FN C210 – FDEL / Deleting Data from Tables Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e error code i s store d [...]
-
Page 645
643 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.2 FNC211 – FINS / Inserting Data to Tables 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 F[...]
-
Page 646
644 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.2 FNC211 – FINS / Inserting Data to Tables Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e error code i s store d in[...]
-
Page 647
645 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC21 2 – POP / Shift Last Data Read [FIL O Control] 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189[...]
-
Page 648
646 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC21 2 – POP / Shift Last Data Read [FIL O Control] • Subtract “1 ” from the val ue of the poi nter da ta . Related de vice → Fo r th e zero f lag use meth od, r efer t[...]
-
Page 649
647 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC21 2 – POP / Shift Last Data Read [FIL O Control] 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189[...]
-
Page 650
648 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right wi th Carry 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right with Carry Out li ne This in struct ion shift s 16 bits st ored in a wor d device ri ghtward by [...]
-
Page 651
649 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right wi th Carry 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25[...]
-
Page 652
650 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.5 FNC214 – SF L / Bit Shift Left with Ca rry 27.5 FNC214 – SFL / Bit Shift Left with Carry Out li ne This in struct ion shift s 16 bits st ored in a wor d device le ftward by ?[...]
-
Page 653
651 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.5 FNC214 – SF L / Bit Shift Left with Ca rry 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25[...]
-
Page 654
652 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28. Data Comparison – FNC220 to FNC249 FNC220 to FN C249 pro vide data compariso n inst ructio ns which can be handl ed as contac t symbo ls in pro gramming such a s LD, AND a nd OR. FN[...]
-
Page 655
653 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C20 0-F NC2[...]
-
Page 656
654 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, > , <, <>, <=, > = / Data Comp arison 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, >, <, <>, <=, >= / Data Comparison Out li ne These ins tructi[...]
-
Page 657
655 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, > , <, <>, <=, > = / Data Comp arison 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio[...]
-
Page 658
656 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.2 FNC232 ~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Dat a Comparison 28.2 FNC232~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Comparison Out li ne These instructi[...]
-
Page 659
657 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.2 FNC232 ~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Dat a Comparison 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio[...]
-
Page 660
658 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.3 FN C240~2 46 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Compa rison 28.3 FNC240~246 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Comparison Out li ne These instructi [...]
-
Page 661
659 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.3 FN C240~2 46 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Compa rison 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio[...]
-
Page 662
660 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29. Data Table O peration – FNC250 to FNC269 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Fun ction Ref er en ce 250 − − 251 − − 252 − − 253 − − 254 − − 255 − − 256 LIMI T L[...]
-
Page 663
661 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.1 FNC 256 – LIMIT / Lim it Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC[...]
-
Page 664
662 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.1 FNC 256 – LIMIT / Lim it Control • When controlli ng the outpu t valu e using only the lower l imit value, set “32767” to the up per limi t value spec ified in . 2. [...]
-
Page 665
663 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.1 FNC 256 – LIMIT / Lim it Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC[...]
-
Page 666
664 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.2 FNC2 57 – BAND / De ad Band Contro l 29.2 FNC257 – BAND / Dead Band Control Out li ne This in struct ion provi des th e upper limit value and lower limi t value of the d[...]
-
Page 667
665 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.2 FNC2 57 – BAND / De ad Band Contro l 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25[...]
-
Page 668
666 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.2 FNC2 57 – BAND / De ad Band Contro l Program examples 1. Program e xample 1 In th e prog ram exampl e sho wn below, the BCD data set in X020 to X 037 is control led by t h[...]
-
Page 669
667 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.3 FNC2 58 – ZONE / Zo ne Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19[...]
-
Page 670
668 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.3 FNC2 58 – ZONE / Zo ne Control 2. 32-bit operation (DZONE and DZONEP) The bia s valu e specif ied by [ +1, ] or [ +1, ] is added to t he input valu e specif ied by [ +1, ][...]
-
Page 671
669 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.3 FNC2 58 – ZONE / Zo ne Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19[...]
-
Page 672
670 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) 29.4 FNC259 – SCL / Scaling (Coordinate by Po int Data) Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes scal ing of the i npu[...]
-
Page 673
671 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-[...]
-
Page 674
672 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) Setti ng the conv ersion setting data table for scaling Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c [...]
-
Page 675
673 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-[...]
-
Page 676
674 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Dec imal ASCII to BIN Conver sion 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Decimal ASCII to BIN Con version Out li ne This in stru ction conv erts numer ic dat a expressed[...]
-
Page 677
675 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Dec imal ASCII to BIN Conver sion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FN[...]
-
Page 678
676 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Dec imal ASCII to BIN Conver sion Program example In the p rogram bel ow, the si gn and decimal ASC II codes i n five d igits s tored in D20 to D22 ar e c[...]
-
Page 679
677 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BI N to Decimal ASCII Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC[...]
-
Page 680
678 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BI N to Decimal ASCII Conversion b) "20H (spac e)" is stor ed for "0" on the lef t side of the ef fect ive digits (zero suppr ession) [...]
-
Page 681
679 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BI N to Decimal ASCII Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC[...]
-
Page 682
680 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) 29.7 FNC269 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 (Coordinate by X/Y Data) Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes scal ing of the i npu[...]
-
Page 683
681 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-[...]
-
Page 684
682 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) Setti ng the conv ersion setting data table for scaling *1. When co ordinates are s pecifi ed using three p oints a s [...]
-
Page 685
683 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-[...]
-
Page 686
684 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30. External Device Communication (Inverter Communication) – FNC270 to FNC274 FNC270 t o FNC27 4 prov ide in structi ons fo r con troll ing op[...]
-
Page 687
685 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.1 FNC270 – IVCK / Inverter Status Ch eck 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Ins[...]
-
Page 688
686 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.1 FNC270 – IVCK / Inverter Status Ch eck 2. Instruct ion code s of invert ers The ta ble below sh ows the inver ter ins truction co des, , [...]
-
Page 689
687 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.2 FNC271 – IVDR / Invert er Drive 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio[...]
-
Page 690
688 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.2 FNC271 – IVDR / Invert er Drive 2. Instruct ion code s of invert ers The ta ble below sh ows the inver ter ins truction co des, , al ong [...]
-
Page 691
689 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.3 FNC 272 – IVRD / Inve rter Parame ter Read 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate[...]
-
Page 692
690 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.3 FNC 272 – IVRD / Inve rter Parame ter Read 2. Related d evices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer [...]
-
Page 693
691 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.4 FNC273 – IVWR / Inverter Pa rameter Write 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate [...]
-
Page 694
692 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.4 FNC273 – IVWR / Inverter Pa rameter Write 2. Related d evices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer t[...]
-
Page 695
693 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.5 FNC274 – IVBWR / In verter Parameter Block Write 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alt[...]
-
Page 696
694 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.5 FNC274 – IVBWR / In verter Parameter Block Write 2. Related d evices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r[...]
-
Page 697
695 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt[...]
-
Page 698
696 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read Out li ne This i nstruc tion re ads data from continu ous buf fer memor ies (BFM) in a spe cial f unction[...]
-
Page 699
697 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -A[...]
-
Page 700
698 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read Cautions • A watchdog timer er ror may occur when many numbe rs of point s are tran sferred in one operat ion cycl e. In such a case, tak e eit[...]
-
Page 701
699 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -A[...]
-
Page 702
700 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.2 FN C279 – WB FM / Divided BFM W rite 31.2 FNC279 – WBFM / Divided BFM Write Out li ne This in structi on write s data to cont inuous buf fer memor ies (BFM) in a special functi[...]
-
Page 703
701 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.2 FN C279 – WB FM / Divided BFM W rite 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -C[...]
-
Page 704
702 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32. High Speed Processing 2 – FNC280 to FN C289 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Fun ction Ref er en ce 280 HSCT High Speed Counter Compare Wit h Data Table Section 32. 1 281 − − 282 [...]
-
Page 705
703 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File [...]
-
Page 706
704 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble Operati on output sett ing (SET [1] or RESET [0]) [Up to 16 poin ts] 1) When this in structi on is execu te[...]
-
Page 707
705 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File [...]
-
Page 708
706 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble Cautions • This instructi on can be exe cuted only once in a progr am. If this instruc tion is progr amme[...]
-
Page 709
707 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File [...]
-
Page 710
708 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33. Extension File Register Control – FNC290 to FNC 299 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Fun ction Ref er en ce 290 LOADR Load From ER Section 33.1 291 SAVE R S ave to ER Secti[...]
-
Page 711
709 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.1 FNC29 0 – LOADR / Lo ad From ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC3[...]
-
Page 712
710 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.1 FNC29 0 – LOADR / Lo ad From ER 2) In FX 3G PLCs a) When a memory cas sette is conn ected The co ntents (c urren t values) of exte nsion fi le regis ters (ER) sto[...]
-
Page 713
711 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.1 FNC29 0 – LOADR / Lo ad From ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC3[...]
-
Page 714
712 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 33.2 FNC291 – SAVE R / Save to ER Out li ne This in structio n writes th e curre nt values of ext ensi on regist ers (R) sto red in[...]
-
Page 715
713 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 [...]
-
Page 716
714 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 2. Initialization of exte nsion file registers Execute INIT ER (FNC295) or IN ITR (FNC2 92) ins tructi on to t arget extensi on fi le[...]
-
Page 717
715 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 [...]
-
Page 718
716 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER Program examples 1) In the case of FX 3UC PLCs Ver . 1.30 or later and FX 3U PLCs V er. 2.20 or la ter In the example shown below, on[...]
-
Page 719
717 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 [...]
-
Page 720
718 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 2) In the case of FX 3UC PLCs for mer th an Ver.1.3 0 In the pr ogram ex ample shown below, t he changed c ontent setti ngs of the ex[...]
-
Page 721
719 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 [...]
-
Page 722
720 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / I nitialize R and ER 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / Initialize R and ER Out li ne This i nstruct ion initi alize s (to “HFF FF” <K-1>) exten s[...]
-
Page 723
721 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / I nitialize R and ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC30[...]
-
Page 724
722 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / I nitialize R and ER • Setting WDT ( FNC 07 ) i nstruct ion just b efore and after INIT R ins tructi on as shown b elow: If t he proce ssing t [...]
-
Page 725
723 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FN[...]
-
Page 726
724 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER Logging da ta forma t The tabl e below sh ows the head devi ce numbe r in each sect or: Cautions 1. LOGR i nstruction LOGR instr[...]
-
Page 727
725 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FN[...]
-
Page 728
726 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 5) To the PLC, wr ite the data whi ch was tempor arily withdrawn to GX Deve loper. [1] Select “O nline” → “Write to PLC.[...]
-
Page 729
727 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Page 730
728 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 2) In FX 3G PLCs a) When a memory cas sette is conn ected The co ntents (c urrent va lues) of “n” extens ion re gister s (R) sta[...]
-
Page 731
729 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Page 732
730 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 3. Allowable number of writes to the memory Note the follow ing cautio ns on acces s to exte nsion file regis ters. •I n F X 3U /F[...]
-
Page 733
731 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Page 734
732 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER Operation R0 K100 R1 K105 R10 K200 R11 K215 R12 K400 R19 K350 R99 K1000 R100 HFFFF HFFFF R 2047 ER0 K100 ER1 K105 ER10 K200 ER11 K21[...]
-
Page 735
733 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Ini tialize ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Page 736
734 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Ini tialize ER Operation • Extension fil e regist ers (ER ) [insi de the memory cas sett e] Cau ti on About 2 5 ms i s required to init ialize[...]
-
Page 737
735 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Ini tialize ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Page 738
736 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34. FX 3U -CF-ADP Applied Instructions – FNC300 to FNC305 FNC No. Mnemonic S ymbol Fun ction Ref er enc e 300 FLCRT File create / check Sectio n 34.1 301 FLDEL File d[...]
-
Page 739
737 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.1 FNC 300 – FLCRT / File create • check 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FN[...]
-
Page 740
738 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.1 FNC 300 – FLCRT / File create • check 34.1.1 Detailed explanati on of setting data Deta ils of the set ting data in the FLC RT instruc tion a re as shown bel o[...]
-
Page 741
739 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.2 FNC 3 01 – F LDEL / File delete • CF card format 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Reg[...]
-
Page 742
740 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.2 FNC 3 01 – F LDEL / File delete • CF card format 34.2.1 Detailed explanati on of setting data Deta ils of th e setting data in the FLD EL instru ction are as s[...]
-
Page 743
741 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.3 FNC 302 – FLWR / Data wri te 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Page 744
742 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.3 FNC 302 – FLWR / Data wri te The FLWR i nstruc tion writes data s pecif ied by the d evice to a file store d in the Compac tFla sh TM ca rd sp ecified by the f i[...]
-
Page 745
743 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.3 FNC 302 – FLWR / Data wri te 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Page 746
744 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34. 4 FNC 30 3 – FLRD / Data read 34.4 FNC 303 – FLRD / Data read Out li ne The FLRD instructi on reads data from th e CompactF lash TM ca rd. 1. Instruct ion forma[...]
-
Page 747
745 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34. 4 FNC 30 3 – FLRD / Data read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305[...]
-
Page 748
746 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.5 F NC 304 – FLCM D / F X3U-CF-ADP c ommand 34.5 FNC 304 – FLCMD / FX 3U -CF-ADP command Out li ne The FLCMD ins tructi on gives in stru ction for operati on to [...]
-
Page 749
747 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.5 F NC 304 – FLCM D / F X3U-CF-ADP c ommand 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 [...]
-
Page 750
748 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.6 FNC 305 – FLSTRD / FX3U -CF-ADP statu s read 34.6 FNC 305 – FLST RD / FX 3U -CF-ADP status read Out li ne The FLS TRD instruction read s the status (inclu ding[...]
-
Page 751
749 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.6 FNC 305 – FLSTRD / FX3U -CF-ADP statu s read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register [...]
-
Page 752
750 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.6 FNC 305 – FLSTRD / FX3U -CF-ADP statu s read • When is "K768 (H300 )" The FLSTRD inst ructi on reads the versi on info rmation of the CF-A DP. • Wh[...]
-
Page 753
751 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 754
752 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am *1. Output coi ls ca n be used again i n differ ent stat e relays. 31 SET Y31 State relay number Y030 2 Y032 Y030 When X001 turns ON S32 is activated, and S31 is automatically re[...]
-
Page 755
753 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 756
754 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 3. Assigning devices Assign devi ces of a PLC in the created proces s drawing. 1) Assign a state rel ay to a rect angle ind icatin g a proces s. At this time , assign a st ate re[...]
-
Page 757
755 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 758
756 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 35. 1.4 Handlin g an d role of i nitial state relay Hand ling of th e init ial s tate r elay • A state relay locat ed at the head of an SFC program i s the init ial state r ela[...]
-
Page 759
757 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 760
758 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Operation of state rel ays and use of an output two or more times • In different sta te relays , a same output device (Y0 02 in this example) can be programme d as shown i n th[...]
-
Page 761
759 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 762
760 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Reset of state relays at one ti me and output disability For ou tput disa bilit y corresp onding to emergency stop, fol low “Cau tions on sa fety ” descri bed in th e PLC man[...]
-
Page 763
761 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 764
762 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 2. Procedure using a puls e contact instruction (M2800 to M3071) By using a n auxiliar y relay M2 800 to M3 071 in a ris ing/falli ng edge det ecti on inst ructi on (LDP, LDF, AN[...]
-
Page 765
763 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 766
764 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Separation of flow When creat ing an SFC prog ram havi ng two or more i nitial st ate relay s, separa te the bloc ks for ea ch initial state rel ay. The ON sta tus can be tran sf[...]
-
Page 767
765 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 768
766 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 35.1.9 Program of branch/ recombination state relay s Selective br anch After making a branc h, create a transf er conditi on. Selective recombinat ion After creati ng a transf e[...]
-
Page 769
767 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 770
768 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Composition of branches/r ecombination and dummy state 1. Whe n a recombination line is directly connected to a branch line without a state relay When a re combin ation l ine is [...]
-
Page 771
769 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 772
770 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 3. It is not permitted to provide a selective transfer condition * afte r parallel branches or to recombine parallel bra nches after a tra nsfer condition < * >. 4. In the [...]
-
Page 773
771 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 774
772 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 2. Example of fountain control 1) Cyclic ope ration (X001 = OFF, X002 = OFF) When the start button X000 is pres sed, the outputs t urn ON in the order “Y000 (wait indicati on) [...]
-
Page 775
773 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 776
774 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 4. Example of sequential start and stop The motor s M1 to M4 are star ted in tur n by a timer, and stopped in turn in the revers e order. This SFC fl ow is based on a single fl o[...]
-
Page 777
775 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 778
776 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Examples of flows having selecti ve branches and recombination 1. Operat ion of se lective bra nch • When two or more flows ar e provide d and either one is selec ted and exe c[...]
-
Page 779
777 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 780
778 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Example of flows having parallel branches and recombi nation 1. Operation of parallel branch • Branches in which all flows proc eed at the same time are cal led paral lel branc[...]
-
Page 781
779 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 782
780 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 35.2 Step Ladder 35.2.1 Outli ne In progr ams using ste p ladder instr uction s, a state re lay State S is assi gned to ea ch process bas ed on machine operat ions, and sequenc e[...]
-
Page 783
781 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 784
782 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 35.2.3 Expression of st ep ladder Step l adder p rograms a nd SFC pr ograms ar e subs tantial ly the same as describ ed abov e, but ac tual pr ograms ar e expres sed as shown b e[...]
-
Page 785
783 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 786
784 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2. Program for the tran sfer destinatio n There is no change in pr ogramming es peciall y for the t ransfer destinati on. 35.2.5 Preliminary knowledge for creating step ladde r p[...]
-
Page 787
785 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 788
786 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder Output drivi ng method It is requi red to in clude a LD or LDI instruc tion befo re the last OUT instru ction in a st ate rela y. Change s uch a circu it as shown below. State re[...]
-
Page 789
787 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 790
788 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2. Example of selective r ecombination Do not use MPS, MRD, MPP, ANB and ORB i nstruct ions in a tra nsfer pro cessing pr ogram wit h branches an d recombi nation. Even in a lo a[...]
-
Page 791
789 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 792
790 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2) Parallel r ecombinat ion and para llel br anch 3) Selective r ecombinat ion and parallel br anch 4) Parallel r ecombinat ion and sel ective branc h STL STL LD SET STL LD SET S[...]
-
Page 793
791 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 794
792 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2. Example of fountain control 1) Cyclic ope ration (X001 = OFF, X002 = OFF) When the start button X000 is pres sed, the outputs t urn ON in the order “Y000 (wait indicati on) [...]
-
Page 795
793 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 796
794 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder The figu re belo w shows a st ep ladder pr ogram fo r select ing the ball siz e and judging balls as acc epted or reject ed. M8002 S0 X001 X003 Y001 Y007 S0 X026 Y007 S21 S21 Y00[...]
-
Page 797
795 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In[...]
-
Page 798
796 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder M8002 S0 S0 Y003 Y005 X000 X001 S21 S30 S21 Y003 T0 K300 T0 S22 S30 Y005 T2 S31 S22 LD SET STL OUT OUT LD OR SET SET STL OUT OUT LD SET STL OUT LD SET STL M8002 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 1[...]
-
Page 799
797 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.1 Outline 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Progr[...]
-
Page 800
798 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 36.2 Common Items 36.2.1 How to disable interr upt function and pulse catch fun ction This sec tion describes how to dis able the in terr upt funct ion and p uls[...]
-
Page 801
799 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL [...]
-
Page 802
800 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 3. Operation when a timer is used [interrupt function] Make sure t hat coun ting usi ng a genera l timer is di sabled, even a 1ms retent ive type timer. In an in[...]
-
Page 803
801 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL [...]
-
Page 804
802 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 36.3 Input Interrupt (Inte rrupt Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Delay Function] [...]
-
Page 805
803 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2[...]
-
Page 806
804 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 2) When using bo th an input interr upt and the i nput refr esh (REF instruct ion) In the[...]
-
Page 807
805 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2[...]
-
Page 808
806 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 36.3.2 Examples of practical programs (pr ograms to measure short pulse width) By using a[...]
-
Page 809
807 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2[...]
-
Page 810
808 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.4 Input i nterrupt ( Interrupt by Ext ernal Signal) [With Dela y Function ] 36.4 Input interrupt (Inte rrupt by External Signal) [With Delay Function] 1. Outline An input inter[...]
-
Page 811
809 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.5 Timer Int errupt (Inte rrupt in Co nstant Cycl e) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC30[...]
-
Page 812
810 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.5 Timer Int errupt (Inte rrupt in Co nstant Cycl e) 6. Program e xample → For program exampl es in which RA MP (FNC 67) or HKY ( FNC 71 ) inst ructions are combin ed, r efer [...]
-
Page 813
811 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.5 Timer Int errupt (Inte rrupt in Co nstant Cycl e) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC30[...]
-
Page 814
812 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.6 Counter Inter rupt - Interr upt Trigge red by Counting Up of High Speed Count er 36.6 Counter Interrupt - Interrupt Triggered by Coun ting Up of High Speed Counter 1. Outline[...]
-
Page 815
813 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.7 Pulse Catch Functio n [M8170 to M8177 ] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 F[...]
-
Page 816
814 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 36.8 Pulse width/Pul se period measurement fu nction [M8075 to M8079, D 8074 to D8097] Th[...]
-
Page 817
815 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2[...]
-
Page 818
816 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 3) Signal delay time measure ment The delay time f rom the risin g edge of the inpu t sig[...]
-
Page 819
817 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2[...]
-
Page 820
818 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 37. Operation of Specia l Devices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Device List (M8000 -, D8000 -) The dev ice n umbers an d func[...]
-
Page 821
819 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 822
820 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) PLC Mode M 8030 *1 Battery LED OFF When M8030 set to ON, LED on PLC is not lit even if battery volt age low is detect ed. → R[...]
-
Page 823
821 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 824
822 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Error Detection (Refer to Chapter 38 for details.) [M]8060 I/O con figuratio n error 3 3 3 D8060 – – 3 – 3 [M]8061 PLC ha[...]
-
Page 825
823 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 826
824 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Memory In formation [M]8 101 Not us ed – – – – ––– – – [M]8 102 – – – – ––– – – [M]8 103 ?[...]
-
Page 827
825 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 828
826 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Advanced Function M 8160 *1 SWAP fu nction of XCH (FNC 17) – 3 3 –– – 3 – 3 M 8161 *1*2 8-bit pr ocess mod e 3 3 3 ?[...]
-
Page 829
827 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 830
828 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Counter Up /down Counter Counting Di rection (Refer to Section 4.6 for details.) M 8200 C200 When M8 is ON, the corre[...]
-
Page 831
829 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 832
830 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Flags [M]8300 to [M]8303 Not used – – – – ––– – – [M]8304 Z ero ON when th e multipl icati on and divisi on c[...]
-
Page 833
831 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 834
832 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Positioning [FX 3U PLCs] (Refer to Positioning Control Manual for details.) [M]8370 [Y003] Pulse output monitor (ON: BUSY / OFF[...]
-
Page 835
833 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 836
834 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) FX 3U -CF-ADP [ch1] (Refer to CF-ADP Manual for details.) [M]8 400 to [M]840 1 Not used – – – – ––– – – [M]84[...]
-
Page 837
835 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 838
836 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) PLC Statu s [D]8 007 Momentary p ower failure count Operation frequency of M8007 is stor ed. Cleared at power- off. – 3 3 M80[...]
-
Page 839
837 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 840
838 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Stepladder and An nunciator [D]8 040 *1 ON st ate num ber 1 The smallest numb er out of active s tate rangin g from S0 to S899 [...]
-
Page 841
839 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 842
840 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Pulse width/Pulse pe riod measuremen t [FX 3G PLCs ] D 8074 *1 Lower [ X000] Rin g count er value for ris ing edge (1/6 µ s un[...]
-
Page 843
841 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 844
842 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) High Speed Counte r Comparison, High Speed Table, and Positioning [Positioning is supported in FX 3G , FX 1S , FX 1N , and FX 1[...]
-
Page 845
843 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 846
844 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Advanced Function [D]8 160 Not us ed – – – – ––– – – [D]8 161 – – – – ––– – – [D]8 162 – [...]
-
Page 847
845 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 848
846 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Analo g Specia l Adapte r [FX 3U , FX 3UC ] ( Refer to Subsecti on 37. 2.19 fo r appl icabili ty of each an alog s pecial a dap[...]
-
Page 849
847 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 850
848 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Timing Clock (Refer to Sec tion 24.3 for details.) and Positioning [FX 3U and FX 3UC PLCs] (Refer to Positioning Con trol Editi[...]
-
Page 851
849 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 852
850 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) RS2 (FNC 87) [c h2] and Computer Link [ch2] (Refer to Data Communication Edition for details.) D 8420 RS2 (FNC 87) [c h2] Commu[...]
-
Page 853
851 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F[...]
-
Page 854
852 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2 Supplement of Sp ecial Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) This se ctio n explai ns how to u se the provided speci[...]
-
Page 855
853 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Page 856
854 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.4 Power failure detection t ime [D8008 , M8008 and M8007] 1. FX 3U PLC (AC power supply type) The tabl e bel[...]
-
Page 857
855 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Page 858
856 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.8 How to set real time clock The re al time clock is set by the followi ng method. 1. Method using the displ[...]
-
Page 859
857 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Page 860
858 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.9 Input filter adjustment [ D8020] The input s X000 to X017 *1 have a digi tal fil ter circui t with a setti[...]
-
Page 861
859 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Page 862
860 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.11 Built-in analog volume [D8030 and D8031] Values of v ariable a nalog potenti ometers built in FX 3G PLCs [...]
-
Page 863
861 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Page 864
862 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 4. RUN/STOP command via the programming tool 1) Using the progr amming soft ware for pe rsonal computer There is [...]
-
Page 865
863 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Page 866
864 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 2. Special da ta register (D8260 to D8279) •F X 3G PLC *1. Only a 40-po int or 60- point ty pe FX 3G PLC can be[...]
-
Page 867
865 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Page 868
866 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) *1. In th e case of FX 3U PLCs, all versions ar e applic able. Number Operation and function FX 3U -4AD-P T(W)-AD[...]
-
Page 869
867 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Page 870
868 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 2. Special data reg isters (D826 0 to D8299) •F X 3U /FX 3UC PLC *1. FX 3U PLCs suppo rt these op erati ons and[...]
-
Page 871
869 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Page 872
870 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) •F X 3G PLCs *1. Only a 40-po int or 60- point ty pe FX 3G PLC can be co nnected. Number Operation and function[...]
-
Page 873
871 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist[...]
-
Page 874
872 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.1 Stat es and Color s of LEDs PLC Ope ration Status 38. Error Check M ethod and Error Code List When a n error occu rs whil e the progra m is being exe cuted , troub lesho ot the cau[...]
-
Page 875
873 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.1 Stat es and Color s of LEDs PLC Ope ration Status 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC3[...]
-
Page 876
874 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.1 Stat es and Color s of LEDs PLC Ope ration Status 38.1.6 L RUN LED [FX 3UC -32MT- LT(-2)] *1. FX 3UC -32MT-LT only. 38.1.7 L ERR LED [FX 3UC -32MT- LT(-2)] *1. FX 3UC -32MT-LT only[...]
-
Page 877
875 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.2 Erro r Code Check Method and Indication 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -[...]
-
Page 878
876 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.2 Erro r Code Check Method and Indication 38.2.2 Error code check method by GX Developer 1 Connect a person al computer t o PLC. 2 Execute PLC diag nostics. Click [Diagnostics] - [PL[...]
-
Page 879
877 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.3 Su ppl emen tar y Ex pl anat ion of Devi ces for Err or Det ecti on 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regis[...]
-
Page 880
878 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.3 Su ppl emen tar y Ex pl anat ion of Devi ces for Err or Det ecti on 38.3.2 Operations of special devi ces for error detec tion Special auxili ary rel ays for err or det ection and [...]
-
Page 881
879 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 S[...]
-
Page 882
880 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action PLC/PP communic ation error (D80 62) Serial communic ation erro r 0 [M8062 (D8062)] 0000 ⎯ No er ror 6201 Continues operati on Parity, ov errun or fra[...]
-
Page 883
881 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 S[...]
-
Page 884
882 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action Operation er ror [M8067 (D8067)] 0000 No er ror 6701 Continues operati on • No jump destina tion (point er) for CJ or CALL instruction • Label is un[...]
-
Page 885
883 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 S[...]
-
Page 886
884 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action *1. The unit nu mber 0 to 7 of the specia l functi on unit/ block err or is put i n . Operation er ror [M8067 (D8067)] 6762 Continues operati on Por[...]
-
Page 887
885 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Page 888
886 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 2) FX-30P FX-30 P is ap plicable t o FX 3G , FX 3U and FX 3U C PLCs start ing with t he followin g version : a) FX 3G PLCs b) FX [...]
-
Page 889
887 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Page 890
888 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity Circuit blooks which require att ention on operation af ter writing du ring RUN During RUN, avoid writin g to a circuit bloc k in[...]
-
Page 891
889 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Page 892
890 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity Appendix A-1-4 Cautions on using transparent function by way of USB in GOT1000 Series Make su re to provi de the fol lowing set t[...]
-
Page 893
891 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC[...]
-
Page 894
892 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-2 Peripheral product appli cability (except progra mming tools) Appendix A- 2 Perip heral product applicability (except programming tool s) Appendix A-2-1 Peripheral[...]
-
Page 895
893 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-2 Peripheral product appli cability (except progra mming tools) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension[...]
-
Page 896
894 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-3 Version U pgrade History Appendix A- 3 Vers ion Upgrade History Appendix A-3-1 Manufacturer's ser ial number check method The year and mont h of producti on o[...]
-
Page 897
895 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-3 Version U pgrade History 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U[...]
-
Page 898
896 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-3 Version U pgrade History Appendix A-3 -5 Version upgrade hi story [FX 3UC ] *1. The FX 3UC -32MT-L T suppor ts Ver.2. 41 from the manufact urer's ser ial numb[...]
-
Page 899
897 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•S[...]
-
Page 900
898 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me *1. M1536 to M3583, M825 6 to M85 11, S 1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M85 11 *3. M3584 to M7679 Outp ut in structi ons OUT T D 0.71 0 .71 T192 to[...]
-
Page 901
899 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•S[...]
-
Page 902
900 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me *1. M1536 to M3583, M825 6 to M85 11, S 1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M85 11 *3. M3584 to M7679 Outp ut in structi ons OUT T D 2.77 2 .54 T246 to[...]
-
Page 903
901 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•S[...]
-
Page 904
902 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me *1. M1536 to M3583, M825 6 to M85 11, S 1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M85 11 *3. M3584 to M7679 Outp ut in structi ons OUT T D 3.55 3 .32 T246 to[...]
-
Page 905
903 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-2 Step La dder Ins truction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 [...]
-
Page 906
904 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Appendix B-4 Applie d Instruction Execution Tim e •F X 3U /FX 3UC PLCs FNC No. Instructi on Execut i on tim e in ON status ( µ s) Exec ution time in OFF[...]
-
Page 907
905 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Page 908
906 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Exter nal FX I/O de vice 78 FROM *1 141 + 419n 119 + 841 n 0.5 85 1.105 n: Number of transfer po ints FROM *2 107 + 903n 119 + 1791n 0.585 1.105 n: Number [...]
-
Page 909
907 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Page 910
908 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Real time clock control 160 TC MP 21 .3 ⎯ 0. 715 ⎯ 161 TZCP 22.6 ⎯ 0. 585 ⎯ 162 TA DD 13 .4 ⎯ 0. 455 ⎯ 163 TS UB 13 .4 ⎯ 0. 455 ⎯ 164 HTOS [...]
-
Page 911
909 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Page 912
910 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Data comparis on 237 AN D<= 1.22 1 .48 1 .22 1. 48 For d etai ls, refe r t o Appendix B-6-2. 238 A ND >= 1.22 1.48 1.22 1.48 For deta ils , re fer to[...]
-
Page 913
911 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Page 914
912 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e •F X 3G PLCs FNC No. Inst ruc- tion Standard mode Extens ion mode Remarks Executio n time in O N status ( µ s) Execut ion time in OFF status ( µ s) Exe[...]
-
Page 915
913 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Page 916
914 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Floatin g point 110 ECM P ⎯ 12.46 ⎯ 0.61 ⎯ 14.68 ⎯ 0.8 112 EMO V ⎯ 6. 36 ⎯ 0.61 ⎯ 7.68 ⎯ 0.8 120 EADD ⎯ 11.96 ⎯ 0.6 1 ⎯ 13. 96 ⎯ 0.[...]
-
Page 917
915 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC?[...]
-
Page 918
916 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-5 Execu t ion Tim e of Pulse Genera tion Instruc tion P in Eac h Appl ied Instruct ion Appendix B-5 Execution Ti me of Pulse Gener ation Instruction P in Each Applied Instruction •F X 3U /FX 3UC[...]
-
Page 919
917 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-5 Execu t ion Tim e of Pulse Genera tion Instruc tion P in Eac h Appl ied Instruct ion 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Re[...]
-
Page 920
918 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-6 Execu t ion Tim e on Co mbinat ion of Appli cable Devices and Index ing Appendix B-6 Exec ution Time on Combination of Applicable Devices and Indexing In examples shown below for basic i nstruct[...]
-
Page 921
919 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-6 Execu t ion Tim e on Co mbinat ion of Appli cable Devices and Index ing 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC[...]
-
Page 922
920 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-6 Execu t ion Tim e on Co mbinat ion of Appli cable Devices and Index ing •F X 3G PLCs - Data c omparison instr uction (16-bit oper ation) *1. When K4 is specified, and the hea d bit devic e num[...]
-
Page 923
921 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models Appendix C: Applied Instruction List [by Instructi[...]
-
Page 924
922 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] OR<> FNC244 OR Compar e ≠ 658 OR <= FNC245 OR Co mpare ≤ 658 OR >= FNC246 OR Co mpare [...]
-
Page 925
923 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models CCD FNC 84 Check Code 464 CRC FNC188 Cyclic Redund[...]
-
Page 926
924 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] 16. Spec ial block/u nit contro l instruct ions Mnemonic FNC No. Functio n Ref. Page FROM FNC 78 Read [...]
-
Page 927
925 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 A pplied instruct ions [in alphabetic al order ] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models Appendix C-2 Applie d instructions [in alphabe[...]
-
Page 928
926 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 A pplied instruct ions [in alphabetic al order ] F FDEL FNC210 Deleting Data from Ta bles 641 FEND FNC 06 Main Routine Pr ogram End 233 FINS FNC211[...]
-
Page 929
927 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 A pplied instruct ions [in alphabetic al order ] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models P PID FNC 88 PID Control Loop 47 4 PLSR FNC 59[...]
-
Page 930
928 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition D Disco ntinued models Appendix D: Discontinued models The tabl e below show s disconti nued models of MELSEC-F Seri es PLCs and progr amming to ols descri bed in this manual. Discontinued m odel Produc tion stop date Repair acce[...]
-
Page 931
929 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition D Disco ntinued models C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models MEMO[...]
-
Page 932
930 Warran ty FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Warra nty Please confirm the follow ing prod uct warra nty detai ls befor e using this prod uct. 1. Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis W arranty Range If any fault s or defe cts (herein after "F ailure") f ound t[...]
-
Page 933
931 Revis ed History FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Revised History Date Create d Re visio n Descript ion 7/2005 A First Editi on 2/2006 B FX 3U and FX 3UC se ries versio n 2.30 co mpat ible • Two instruct ions are ad ded. - MEP, MEF [Sect ion 3.1, Chapter 7, Ap[...]
-
Page 934
932 Revis ed History FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3/2007 C • Caution on storing sign dat a of charact er stri ng is added [S ection 26.2]. • The sentence d escri bing rou gh guide t o the wat chdog ti mer set va lue is modi fied [Secti ons 3 3.3 a nd 33.6] .[...]
-
Page 935
[...]
-
Page 936
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3 MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TO KYO 100-8310, JA PAN HIMEJI WORKS: 840, CHIYODA CHO, HIM EJI, JAPAN JY997 D16601G (MEE) Effect ive Nov. 2009 Specific ation s are subj ect to change w ithout n otice. MODEL FX-P3-E MODEL CODE 09R517 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC SERIES PROGRAMM ABLE CONTROLL ERS PRO GRAMM ING MANU AL Basic & [...]